Commit Graph

3248 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jouni Malinen
0d7773b63f Add routines for encoding/decoding printf escaping mechanism
This can be used to build ASCII strings from binary data that is
more likely to use ASCII (i.e., text format is more natural
option than hexdump, but there is possibility of some non-ASCII
characters).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-07 13:30:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ff72bdcab edit: Clear edit line on deinit when using readline
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-05 21:45:43 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4307bb8c85 wpa_cli: Print nice prompt when using remote UDP
When CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote is used, print user frendly PS in
wpa_cli. E.g.,
localhost/wlan0>
192.168.1.1/p2p-wlan-0-0>

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2012-08-05 20:50:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15b97bc3b5 edit: Add support for prompt string with readline
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-05 20:48:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4c3b921ebf edit: Add support for prompt string with internal line edit
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-05 20:48:25 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
2d2398a11f edit: Add support for setting prompt string
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2012-08-05 20:46:34 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
d302edd3c4 wpa_cli: Add support for remote access
wpa_cli can be used now as a client for remote access to ctrl_interface
of wpa_supplicant when UDP and remote options are used.

You can simply run:
wpa_cli -i <hostname>:[port]
wpa_cli -i <IP>:[port]

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2012-08-05 20:09:22 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
afadf423db wpa_supplicant: Add optional remote access for ctrl_iface
Add new option for ctrl iface: CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote. This
enables remote access to control interface via UDP port(s). This should
be used for testing purpose only since there is no authentication or
access control on the commands.

Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2012-08-05 20:01:07 +03:00
Baruch Siach
37d428aef9 accounting: Staticise accounting_sta_interim
This routine is not used anywhere else.

Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-08-05 19:40:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55651a4bed OpenSSL: Remove trailing whitespace from lines
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-05 00:38:08 +03:00
Christopher Wiley
d8858cadeb OpenSSL: Fix ca_cert_verify for TPM
This bit is set in the code path that handles keys and certs from places
other than OpenSSL authentication engines. Setting this bit causes
authentication to fail when the server provides certificates that don't
match the client certificate authority.
2012-08-05 00:36:08 +03:00
Michael Braun
59dff51dc8 Fix endless loop in PSK fetching with PSK-from-RADIUS
Commit 05ab9712b9 added support for
fetching WPA PSK from an external RADIUS server and changed
hostapd_wpa_auth_get_psk() to always return the RADIUS supplied PSK (if
set) and ignore the prev_psk parameter for iteration. Fix this by
appending the RADIUS supplied PSK to the list iterated by
hostapd_get_psk and thus returning NULL when prev_psk == sta->psk
(RADIUS).

Signed-hostap: M. Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2012-08-04 20:55:47 +03:00
Ben Greear
addde1399e Better logging for ioctl set flags failure
Let user know if the call failed setting interface up vs. down.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-08-04 20:41:35 +03:00
Ben Greear
4fdc8def88 Make UNIX socket non-blocking for ctrl_iface
This keeps wpa_cli from hanging forever if the other end of the socket
dies.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-08-04 20:34:27 +03:00
Paul Stewart
21270bb4b3 Fix a couple memory leaks
Found using valgrind.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2012-08-04 20:10:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ebb23e340 EXT PW: Add support for password parameter from external storage
This allows the password parameter for EAP methods to be fetched
from an external storage.

Following example can be used for developer testing:

ext_password_backend=test:pw1=password|pw2=testing

network={
    key_mgmt=WPA-EAP
    eap=TTLS
    identity="user"
    password=ext:pw1
    ca_cert="ca.pem"
    phase2="auth=PAP"
}

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-03 22:15:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
306ae22556 EXT PW: Add framework for supporting external password storage
This new mechanism can be used to make wpa_supplicant using external
storage (e.g., key store in the operating system) for passwords,
passphrases, and PSKs. This commit is only adding the framework part
needed to support this, i.e., no actual configuration parameter can
yet use this new mechanism. In addition, only a simple test backend
is added to allow developer testing of the functionality.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-03 22:15:42 +03:00
Xi Chen
c7673de462 atheros: Implement WNM-Sleep Mode driver operations
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:30 +03:00
Xi Chen
75cad1a0d4 WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode for station mode
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:27 +03:00
Xi Chen
d32d94dbf4 WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode implementation for AP
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:23 +03:00
Xi Chen
a884be9da1 WNM: Add placeholders for WNM driver commands and events
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:20 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
ada8a5bd60 atheros: Add HS 2.0 Action frame TX/RX support
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:21:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5c61a2820f Fix compiler warning with wpa_supplicant AP builds without 802.11r
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-01 13:14:09 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
e1e3b5bb34 atheros: Add support for Action frame TX/RX
This allows hostapd to send and receive various Action frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:11:59 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
7d9c0cd345 Add support for using SA Query with drivers that implement MLME
This allows the SA Query mechanism in hostapd to be used with drivers
that implement authentication and association MLME/SME.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:11:56 +03:00
Shan Palanisamy
88b32a99d3 FT: Add FT AP support for drivers that manage MLME internally
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-01 13:11:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e509167495 Add new drv_flag for indicating user space AP MLME
This makes it easier for hostapd to determine at runtime which
operations to use.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-01 10:34:35 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
45ac307a2b HS 2.0: Add HS Capability element (AP)
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-30 22:25:23 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
26fac8b6a0 Interworking: Add Domain Name element (AP)
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-30 22:25:19 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
78bda93e83 Interworking: Add IP Address Type Availability element (AP)
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-30 22:25:16 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
550a3958f7 Interworking: Add Network Auth Type element (AP)
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-30 22:25:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8342185012 HS 2.0: Add mechanism for disabling DGAF
disable_dgaf=1 in hostapd.conf can now be used to disable downstream
group-addressed forwarding (DGAF). In this configuration, a unique
GTK (and IGTK) is provided to each STA in the BSS to make sure the
keys do not match and no STA can forge group-addressed frames.

An additional mechanism in the AP needs to be provided to handle some
group-addressed frames, e.g., by converting DHCP packets to unicast
IEEE 802.11 frames regardless of their destination IP address and by
providing Proxy ARP functionality.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-30 18:23:52 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
19a8ad9944 HS 2.0: Add Hotspot 2.0 Indication for AP
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-30 18:23:38 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
159c89ab4f HS 2.0: Add configuration for Hotspot 2.0 AP support
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-30 18:23:11 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
bf8d6d2430 nl80211: Support setting sched scan RSSI threshold
Allow the user to configure an RSSI threshold in dBm below which the
nl80211 driver won't report scan results. Currently only supported
during scheduled (PNO) scans.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-07-25 16:56:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
488f4a7108 P2P: Fix provision discovery retries during p2p_find
Commit 6b56cc2d97 added retries of
provision discovery request frames in IDLE state. However, it did not
make the p2p_find case behave consistently with the new limitied retry
behavior. This can result in way too many and frequent PD retries. Fix
this by extending the previous commit to address PD retries and maximum
retry limit consistently regardless of whether p2p_find is running.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-07-23 21:59:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5ed45586c WPS SSDP: Fix socket leaks on error paths
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-07 13:01:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
19991e5fb2 WPS UDF: Fix fd leak on error path
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-07 13:00:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c7803a0294 Fix AP build without NEED_AP_MLME
Commit 1b487b8b1e added CH_SWITCH
event for nl80211, but ended up using hostapd_hw_get_channel()
regardless of build configuration for driver interfaces. This
function is not always available, so make its use conditional
on NEED_AP_MLME.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-07 12:34:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
895cb1683d OpenSSL: Add support for HMAC functions with 0.9.8 and older
Commit d9cc4646eb added
crypto_hash_{init,update,finish}() wrappers for OpenSSL, but it
assumed the current HMAC API in OpenSSL. This was changed in 0.9.9
to return error codes from the functions while older versions used
void functions. Add support for the older versions, too.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-07 10:58:32 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
990933fb1d nl80211: Save VHT capabilities from the driver
Save VHT capabilities coming through nl80211 within hostapd.

Signed-hostap: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
2012-07-04 21:42:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
80518c073b Sync with linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-04 21:40:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4be921ac60 eloop: Fix EVENT_TYPE_WRITE with poll()-based eloop
This needs to use POLLOUT instead of POLLIN to get the correct event.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-04 21:36:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
daf10baf9e EAP-pwd: Replace direct OpenSSL HMAC use with wrapper
This is a step towards allowing EAP-pwd to be supported with other
crypto libraries.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-02 22:10:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9cc4646eb OpenSSL: Add support for crypto_hash_{init,update,finish}()
This adds initial support for HMAC operations using the
crypto_hash_{init,update,finish}() wrappers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-02 22:04:25 +03:00
Masashi Honma
8f4636e41c P2P: Check memory allocation result in a Service Discovery Response
This patch adds a check of the return value of wpabuf_dup() in a large
Service Discovery Response.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2012-07-02 20:53:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cb87fdeb5 Update license notification in driver_wired.c
This updates the license notification to use only the BSD license. The
changes were acknowledged by email (Gunter Burchardt, tmisu@gmx.de,
Mon, 02 Jul 2012 17:54:28 +0200).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-02 20:50:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb2b381169 Update license notification in roboswitch interface file
This updates the license notification to use only the BSD license. The
changes were acknowledged by email (Jouke Witteveen
<j.witteveen@gmail.com>, Mon, 2 Jul 2012 11:38:34 +0200).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-07-02 12:43:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dcc3305701 Move p2p_connect PIN format validation into a separate function
This functionality could be shared for other commands, too, so move
it to a common function. In addition, implement the validation in a
bit more strict way to avoid accepting values like '-123' as a valid
PIN.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 21:27:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3df2f4fe99 P2P: Remove unused P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC
This is not used anymore after the commit
e6ecfc4fd3.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 20:20:29 +03:00
Johannes Berg
e6ecfc4fd3 P2P: Remove GO neg/invite special cases from search
There are separate states for these, so we can't really get into this
situation unless somebody tries to do multiple things at the same
time. p2p_connect stops find and CONNECT state is used to probe the peer
on its Listen channel with GO Negotiation Request frames. Similarly,
p2p_invite() stops find and INVITE state is used to probe the peer on
its Listen channel with Invitation Request frames. The older mechanism
of using Search state functionality to find the peer can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-30 20:18:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d001defeec Update license notification in files initially contributed by Sam
This updates these files to use the license notification that uses only
the BSD license. The changes were acknowledged by email (Sam Leffler
<sam@errno.com>, Sat, 30 Jun 2012 07:57:53 -0700).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 19:36:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8350d0afd8 EAP-pwd: Avoid double-frees on some error paths
At least some error paths (e.g., hitting the limit on hunt-and-peck
iterations) could have resulted in double-freeing of some memory
allocations. Avoid this by setting the pointers to NULL after they have
been freed instead of trying to free the data structure in a location
where some external references cannot be cleared. [Bug 453]

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 16:16:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f27f15911 EAP-pwd: Increase maximum number of hunting-and-pecking iterations
The previously used limit (10) is too small for practical purposes since
it can result in about 1 out of 1000 authentication attempts failing.
Increase the limit to 30 to avoid such issues. [Bug 453]

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-30 16:12:41 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
532b16c7a9 hostapd: Add IEEE 802.11ac VHT IEs into Beacon/Probe Response
IEEE 802.11ac VHT changes to include VHT IEs in Beacon and Probe
Response frames.

Signed-hostap: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
2012-06-30 13:57:52 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
efe45d1471 hostapd: Initial IEEE 802.11ac (VHT) definitions
Add IEEE 802.11ac definitions for config, IEEE structures, constants.

Signed-hostap: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
2012-06-30 13:52:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bfc62fe133 WPS: Share a single function for generating NFS password tokens
There is no need for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to have their
own functions for this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 21:01:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
72df0cd28c WPS: Use random_get_bytes() for NFC password id
os_random() may not be seeded properly, so use stronger mechanism for
generating the password id for NFC password tokens.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 20:40:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ffdaa05a6b WPS: Add support for NCF password token from AP
The new hostapd ctrl_iface command WPS_NFC_TOKEN can now be used to
manage AP-as-Enrollee operations with NFC password token. WPS/NDEF
parameters to this command can be used to generate a new NFC password
token. enable/disable parameters can be used to enable/disable use of
NFC password token (instead of AP PIN) for external Registrars.

A preconfigured NFS password token can be used by providing its
parameters with new hostapd.conf fields wps_nfc_dev_pw_id,
wps_nfc_dh_pubkey, wps_nfc_dh_privkey, and wps_nfc_dev_pw. This use
will also depend on WPS_NFC_TOKEN enable/disable commands, i.e., the
configured NFS password token is disabled by default.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 19:43:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e484e927a6 WPS: Allow NFC password token from AP to be used with wps_reg
The AP PIN on wps_reg command can now be replaced with special value
"nfc-pw" to use device password from a NFC password token from the AP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 19:41:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1cea09a9e2 WPS ER: Add support for building NFC configuration token
WPS_ER_NFC_CONFIG_TOKEN command can now be used to build a NFC
configuration token based on AP Settings learnt with WPS_ER_LEARN
or set with WPS_ER_CONFIG.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 16:35:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d7645d239d WPS: Add support for NFC configuration token from external program
The new wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface command WPS_NFC_TAG_READ can now be
used to process NFC tags read by external programs to initiate
wpa_supplicant to use NFC Configuration Token to create a new network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 13:59:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3cf7a59d4f WPS: Add new mechanism for generation NFC configuration token
The new hostapd ctrl_iface command WPS_NFC_CONFIG_TOKEN can now be used
to fetch payload for an NFC configuration token so that an external
program can be used to write this on an NFC tag.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-28 13:25:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e3c16546b WPS: Use separate list of NFC Password Tokens in the Registrar
This adds a cleaner mechanism for handling NFC Password Tokens in the
WPS Registrar. There could be more than one active NFC Password Token in
use and as such, a list of tokens needs to be maintained. The old
WPS_OOB interface is still using the old mechanism that supports only a
single active NFC Password Token.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 22:15:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb45b6d79a WPS: Add new mechanism for communicating NFC tag read events
hostapd ctrl_iface can now be used to deliver payload from read
operation of an NFC tag. This allows operations without having to have
low-level NFC code within hostapd. For now, the new wps_nfc_tag_read
command can be used with NFC password tokens for the case where the AP
has an NFC device that is used to read an NFC tag from the station
Enrollee.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f2c8ba6d3 WPS: Add new mechanism for NFC config method using password token
Instead of requiring low-level access to an NFC device and synchronous
operations, the new WPS_NFC_TOKEN and WPS_NFC ctrl_iface commands can be
used to build a NFC password token and initiate WPS protocol run using
that token (or pre-configured values) as separate commands. The
WPS_NFC_TOKEN output can be written to a NFC tag using an external
program, i.e., wpa_supplicant does not need to have low-level code for
NFC operations for this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6b5a0c9466 WPS: Move attribute parser definitions into a new header file
This allows wps/wps_attr_parse.h to be included into files outside
src/wps.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78e625f79a WPS: Split wps_build_oob_dev_password() into parts
This allows sharing of a function to build the attribute without
changing the OOB parameters.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8a13732f83 NDEF: Mark input data const when it is not modified
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f425090fb WPS: Allow NDEF functions to be used from outside src/wps
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e524ebe387 NDEF: Skip unnecessary wpabuf to ptr/len conversion
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0d0c560c3 Add dh5_init_fixed() to allow fixed DH parameters to be used
This allows pre-configured private and public key to be used when
initializing DH for group 5.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0965813640 WPS: Fix OOB Device Password use for EAP-WSC peer
The OOB Device Password is passed in as a hexdump of the real Device
Password (16..32 octets of arbitrary binary data). The hexdump needs to
be converted to binary form before passing it for WPS processing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e0131d351 WPS: Add support for OOB dev password lengths 16..31
Previously, only the maximum length 32 octets for OOB device password
was accepted. Since the specification allows a shorter password to be
used with limited OOB mechanism (e.g., small NFC tag), we should accept
lengths 16..32.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
582143e544 WPS: Fix potential memory leak with NFC password token
The old stored public key hash needs to be freed before replacing
the pointer with the new value.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-27 21:22:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7be6dc2e96 WPS: Fix NFC password token building with WPS 2.0
The earlier WPS 2.0 changes did not increase the wpabuf size when
adding a new attribute to the NFC password token. This could result
in aborting the application on wpabuf overflow if NFC out-of-band
mechanism is used with WPS 2.0 enabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-27 21:21:11 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
1b487b8b1e nl80211: Handle CH_SWITCH event
Some drivers may independently decide to switch channels. Handle this by
updating the hostapd and wpa_supplicant AP and GO configuration.

Signed-hostap: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-25 14:45:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e7381b8473 Sync with include/linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-25 14:34:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
296a34f0c1 Remove STA entry from AP when starting TKIP countermeasures
Previously, the STA entry was removed only from the driver and the STA
entry within hostapd was just marked disassociated. However, this left
the WPA authenticator state machine with an entry and the session was
not terminated properly. In addition, the STA entry could have remaining
indefinitely if the STA did not reconnect after TKIP countermeasures.
Fix this by removing the STA entry from hostapd instead of just leaving
it disassociated.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-25 13:53:24 +03:00
Yoni Divinsky
9148ae58d0 hostapd: Fix PBC config method of WSC IE in Beacon/Probe Response
In AP which supports WPSv2 with only virtual push button, when PBC is
called, the WSC IE should include Selected Registrar Configuration
Methods attribute with the bit of the physical push button not set.

Signed-hostap: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
2012-06-25 12:20:37 +03:00
Ben Greear
f115560c21 eloop/poll: Handle POLLER | POLLHUP in read logic
Without this, we can get into a tight loop because the
code in general doesn't add eloop exception handlers,
so socket reporting the POLLERR would never be read.

With this change, any socket with POLLERR or POLLHUP
asserted will be handled by the read logic.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-06-24 13:19:34 +03:00
Johannes Berg
cad0f50e02 nl80211: Simplify cbmsg buffer
The control message received from the kernel needs some space, but
there's no need for the strange typing that breaks clang compilation.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-23 20:37:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ecabb132b9 atheros: Remove unused variables
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-23 20:34:29 +03:00
Baruch Siach
e2e984ea06 atheros: Fix build when WPS and IEEE80211R are both disabled
Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-06-23 20:33:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
182748e4fb Copy Chargeable-User-Identity in PMKSA caching case
Maintain a copy of Chargeable-User-Identity in the PMKSA cache to allow
it to be included in accounting messages even if full authentication was
not completed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-17 19:51:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
302fc0a3c7 RADIUS DAS: Support Chargeable-User-Identity with Disconnect-Request
Chargeable-User-Identity can now be used in Disconnect-Request to
identify the station to be disconnected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-17 19:44:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e58b5ffed7 RADIUS: Fix a typo in attribute name in debug messages
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-17 19:39:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff7e4589ea RADIUS DAS: Add Event-Timestamp attribute into ACK/NAK messages
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-17 19:35:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8047a95809 RADIUS DAS: Add support for Disconnect-Request
Calling-Station-Id, Acct-Session-Id, and User-Name attributes in a
Disconnect-Request message can now be used to indicate which station is
to be disconnected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-17 19:30:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fc2a924a8c RADIUS DAS: Check Disconnect-Request attributes
Reject Disconnect-Request if it includes unsupported attributes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-17 18:14:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bde7ba6caf RADIUS DAS: Validate Event-Timestamp
DAS will now validate Event-Timestamp value to be within an acceptable
time window (300 seconds by default; can be set using
radius_das_time_window parameter). In addition, Event-Timestamp can be
required in Disconnect-Request and CoA-Request messages with
radius_das_require_event_timestamp=1.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-17 17:43:36 +03:00
Masashi Honma
c2d76aa624 P2P: Add p2p_client_list support for FullMAC Persistent GO
Currently, FullMAC Persistent GO can't use p2p_client_list because its
own hapd->p2p_group is NULL at ap_sta_set_authorized(). This patch
changes the processing to use sta->p2p_ie instead of
p2p_group_get_dev_addr() on FullMAC GO.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2012-06-17 11:58:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f33bc03582 P2P: Fix P2P Client Discoverability bit updates
The P2P Client Discoverability bit is reserved in most frames and its
value in the local P2P peer table should only be updated based on P2P
Group Info attribute from a GO. Fix this by avoiding changes to this
dev_capab bit based on other P2P frames. It would be more correct to
track this separately for each group in which the peer is a member, but
since we do not do that for the other group specific information either,
this can do for now.

It should be noted that prior to commit
18485b5469 wpa_supplicant set this bit in
all P2P frames. However, that commit changed this to match the
specification, i.e., the bit is not set in frames which are received
from P2P Device role. As such, this fix is needed to be able to figure
out that a peer supports client discoverability capability after that
commit.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-16 20:17:39 +03:00
Masashi Honma
18485b5469 P2P: Fix setting of P2P Client Discoverability bit
In the P2P specification v1.1, the P2P Client Discoverability bit is
described in Table 12 "Device Capability Bitmap definition". The table
says "Within a P2P Group Info attribute and a (Re)association request
frame the P2P Client Discoverability field shall be set to 1 when the
P2P Device supports P2P Client Discoverability, and is set to 0
otherwise. This field shall be reserved and set to 0 in all other frames
or uses.". To match with this, filter out P2P Client Discoverability bit
from frames where its use is reserved.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2012-06-16 19:54:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1cebaabd80 EAP-SIM/AKA server: Allow pseudonym to be used after unknown reauth id
If the peer uses an unknown reauth id, it would still be possible to use
pseudonym instead of permanent id. Allow this by changing the
AT_PERMANENT_ID_REQ to AT_FULLAUTH_ID_REQ in case unknown reauth id is
used in EAP-Response/Identity.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-15 18:49:54 +03:00
Jithu Jance
ef35f5a0fd P2P: Add driver op for requesting GO/AP channel switch
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2012-06-10 20:54:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
198f82a1e3 P2P: Ignore unexpected GO Neg Resp is we have sent Resp
There is a race condition in GO Negotiation Request frame sending and
processing that may end up with both devices sending GO Negotiation
Response. This response frame was previously accepted even if a response
had already been sent. This could result in two GO Negotiation Confirm
frames being exchanged and consequently, with two separate GO
Negotiations completing concurrently. These negotiations could result in
getting mismatching parameters (e.g., both device could believe it was
the GO).

Fix this by ignoring GO Negotiation Response from the peer if twe have
already sent a GO Negotiation Response frame and we have the higher P2P
Device Address. This is similar to the rule used to determine whether to
reply to GO Negotiation Request frame when Request was already sent,
i.e., the same direction of GO Negotiation is maintained here to enforce
that only the negotiation initiated by the device with smaller P2P
Device Address is completed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-09 18:31:24 +03:00
Neeraj Kumar Garg
a1d2ab329e P2P: Address race condition with GO Negotiation Request TX status
If both peers initiate GO Negotiation at about the same time, it is
possible for the GO Negotiation Request frame from the peer to be
received between the local attempt to send the GO Negotiation Request
and TX status event for that. This could result in both devices sending
GO Negotiation Response frames even though one of them should have
skipped this based which device uses a higher MAC address.

Resolve this race by incrementing go_neg_req_sent when p2p_send_action()
returns success instead of doing this from the TX status callback. If
the frame is not acknowledged, go_neg_req_sent is cleared in TX status
handler.

Signed-off-by: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
2012-06-09 18:03:47 +03:00
Antonio Quartulli
dada954ad7 sta_info: Remove duplicated function declaration
In sta_info.h, ap_free_sta() was declared twice.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
2012-06-09 12:54:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e22ba3e390 LibTomMath: Use 64-bit mode for mp_digit
For 64-bit x86 builds, enable 64-bit mode to optimize bignum operations
with the internal LibTomMath version.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-09 11:53:30 +03:00
Baruch Siach
3947ed96e8 atheros: Set essid length field only once
Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-06-08 20:28:23 +03:00
Baruch Siach
7aa4251f2f atheros: Fix build when CONFIG_WPS is disabled
The use of ETH_P_80211_RAW does not depend on CONFIG_WPS, so make its
definition independent as well.

Signed-hostap: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2012-06-08 20:27:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
579a80982a P2P: Assume GO Negotiation failed if GO Neg Conf wait times out
Stop the connection attempt if GO Negotiation Confirm is not received
within 100 ms of the GO Negotiation Response getting acknowledged.
Previously, we would have continued trying to connect to the peer even
in this case which could result in confusing second GO Negotiation
Request frame and unnecessarily long wait before indicating failure.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-08 18:24:08 +03:00
Johannes Berg
792c8877c3 P2P: Send GO Negotiation Confirm without wait
The GO Negotiation Confirm frame doesn't need to be sent with a wait
since we don't expect a response to it.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-06 16:37:54 +03:00
Masashi Honma
135b69cc7a P2P: Use consistent Device Capability in Beacon/Probe Response
Concurrent Operation bit was not set for GO even if the device
supports concurrent operations. Make sure the Device Capability
value is consistent with other P2P use cases by using the value
determined in p2p_init().

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2012-06-06 12:55:44 +03:00
Paul Stewart
dd7fec1f29 wpa_supplicant: Report EAP connection progress to DBus
Send an "EAP" signal via the new DBus interface under various
conditions during EAP authentication:

  - During method selection (ACK and NAK)
  - During certificate verification
  - While sending and receiving TLS alert messages
  - EAP success and failure messages

This provides DBus callers a number of new tools:

  - The ability to probe an AP for available EAP methods
    (given an identity).
  - The ability to identify why the remote certificate was
    not verified.
  - The ability to identify why the remote peer refused
    a TLS connection.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2012-06-04 21:10:01 +03:00
Johannes Berg
24b5bd8b42 nl80211: Use safe list iteration
In certain cases like PBC session overlap it appears to be possible that
an interface is removed due to an event handled on it, this leads to
list corruption. Use safe iteration to prevent this issue.

Reported-by: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Reported-by: Neeraj Kumar Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-06-04 20:25:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8bd0fc0e0c Force driver to disassociate STA if no room for the STA entry
When hostapd (or wpa_supplicant AP mode) limits the maximum number
of STA entries with a driver that implements SME, the driver needs
to be notified of the failed STA addition. Disassociate the STA if
the driver notifies of an association that would go beyond the
maximum number of STAs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-27 21:21:37 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b6668734ab WNM: Add advertisement of BSS max idle period
If WNM is enabled for the build (CONFIG_WNM=y), add BSS max idle period
information to the (Re)Association Response frame from the AP and parse
this information on the station. For SME-in-wpa_supplicant case, add a
timer to handle periodic transmission of the keep-alive frame. The
actual request for the driver to transmit a frame is not yet
implemented.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-27 17:35:00 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b5671498bf nl80211: Use wait_time with AP mode driver SME for offchannel
When sending an offchannel frame (mainly, P2P Invitation Request), the
wait_time parameter was hardcoded to 0 for drivers that implement AP
mode SME. This is not correct and can cause problems for drivers that
support offloading of off-channel operations with driver/firmware based
AP SME.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 18:24:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e3e456623 nl80211: Add more debug info on NL80211_CMD_FRAME uses
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 18:22:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3bc462cb88 P2P: Add option for Provision Discovery before GO Negotiation
This is a workaround for interoperability issues with some deployed P2P
implementations that require a Provision Discovery exchange to be used
before GO Negotiation. The new provdisc parameter for the p2p_connect
command can be used to request this behavior without having to run a
separate p2p_prov_disc command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-11 16:25:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
349493bd0c Validate WEP key lengths based on driver capabilities
The nl80211 driver interface does not allow 128-bit WEP to be used
without a vendor specific cipher suite and no such suite is defined for
this purpose. Do not accept WEP key length 16 for nl80211 driver
interface forn ow. wext-interface can still try to use these for
backwards compatibility.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-10 14:34:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64855b9682 HS 2.0: Indicate Hotspot 2.0 in BSS table and status
If the AP indicates support for Hotspot 2.0, show this in the
ctrl_iface commands for BSS table and status.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:30:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b12e96187 HS 2.0: Parse Hotspot 2.0 IE from IE list
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:30:10 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
c8a7f9a7b8 HS 2.0: Define Hotspot 2.0 OUI types and subtype values
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 23:29:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
051c7bbdd0 P2P: Reject PD Request for unknown group
If PD Request includes P2P Group ID, verify that the specified
group matches with a group we are currently operating. If no match
is found, reject the PD Request for join-a-group case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 17:38:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6f251b6bb5 P2P: Store SSID of the group in p2p_group data
This can be used with P2P management operations that need to verify
whether the local device is operating a specific group based on
P2P Group ID attribute from a peer.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 17:38:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
701fe506c8 P2P: Do not use prov_disc_resp() callback for rejected PD
Commit 349b213cc8 added a separate
callback prov_disc_fail() for indicating PD failures, but it left the
Provision Discovery Response handler to call both callbacks in case the
peer rejected the PD. Commit f65a239ba4
added ctrl_iface event for PD failures. This combination can result in
two ctrl_iface events in the peer rejecting a PD case. Clean this up by
only indicating the failure event.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 17:02:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3fe8b68d63 P2P: Wait 100 ms if driver fails to start listen operation
Some drivers may accept the remain-on-channel command, but instead of
indicating start event for remain-on-channel, just indicate that the
operation has been canceled immediately. This could result in continuous
loop of search/listen states with very limited time to do anything else
in wpa_supplicant if the scan command is also completed quickly (e.g.,
if the driver is unable to scan other channels than the current
operating channel).

As a workaround, do not start the next step (search) in P2P device
discovery if this type of rejection of listen operation is detected.
This gives some more time for wpa_supplicant to handle whatever else
may be needed at to be done at the same time and reduces the amount
of CPU used in a loop that does not really work correctly from the
view point of being discoverable.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-08 11:50:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b031338cf0 Add preliminary RADIUS dynamic authorization server (RFC 5176)
This adds the basic DAS mechanism to enable hostapd to be configured
to request dynamic authorization requests (Disconnect-Request and
CoA-Request). This commit does not add actual processing of the
requests, i.e., this will only receive and authenticate the requests
and NAK them regardless of what operation is requested.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-06 22:02:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af35e7af7f hostapd: Allow addition of arbitrary RADIUS attributes
New configuration parameters radius_auth_req_attr and
radius_acct_req_attr can now be used to add (or override) RADIUS
attributes in Access-Request and Accounting-Request packets.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-05 20:19:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86f6053aa2 hostapd: Add optional Chargeable-User-Identity request (RFC 4372)
radius_request_cui=1 configuration parameter can now be used to
configure hostapd to request CUI from the RADIUS server by including
Chargeable-User-Identity attribute into Access-Request packets.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-05 18:19:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e132a618e hostapd: Copy Chargeable-User-Identity into accounting (RFC 4372)
If Access-Accept packet includes the Chargeable-User-Identity attribute,
copy this attribute as-is into accounting messages.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-05 18:05:09 +03:00
Xi Chen
f2e03085d7 WNM: Define IEEE 802.11v WNM-Sleep elements
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-03 18:08:19 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
73cdd917a3 Define 20/40 BSS Coexistence elements
This patch defines 20/40 BSS Intolerant Channel Report element
(IEEE 802.11-2012 8.4.2.60) and 20/40 BSS Coexistence element
(IEEE 802.11-2012 8.4.2.62).

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-03 15:55:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
762e4ce620 EAP-AKA': Update to RFC 5448
There was a technical change between the last IETF draft version
(draft-arkko-eap-aka-kdf-10) and RFC 5448 in the leading characters
used in the username (i.e., use unique characters for EAP-AKA' instead
of reusing the EAP-AKA ones). This commit updates EAP-AKA' server and
peer implementations to use the leading characters based on the final
RFC.

Note: This will make EAP-AKA' not interoperate between the earlier
draft version and the new version.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-02 20:45:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8351998313 EAP-AKA' server: Fix identity for MK derivation
Incorrect identity string could end up being used with EAP-AKA' when
the EAP client is using pseudonym. This code was supposed to use
sm->identity just like the EAP-AKA case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-02 20:40:11 +03:00
Wei-Jen Lin
1c7447d08b P2P: Fix Device ID matching for Probe Request frames
The misplaced parenthesis caused Device ID matching to check only the
first octet of the P2P Device Address, i.e., we could have replied to
Probe Request frames that was searching for another device if any of
the last five octets of the address were different.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-02 15:19:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d84b913955 Remove unused variable
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-28 18:30:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e09e61c2c1 Fix compiler warning on printf format with size_t
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-28 18:30:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
23c84252a4 P2P: Add option to force SSID/passphrase for GO Negotiation
An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO
Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent
group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting
a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO
intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation),
e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we
are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is
indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-27 18:25:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c98b83f2d3 P2P: Do not update peer Listen channel based on PD/Invitation
Commits 17bef1e97a and
ffe98dfb88 started using p2p_add_device()
with other frames than just Probe Response frames from scan results.
However, these changes did not take into account that the PD Request
and Invitation Request frames are normally received on the our own
Listen channel, not on the Listen channel of the peer. As such, these
frames must not be used to update Listen channel information for the
peer.

Fix this by letting p2p_add_device() know whether the results are from
scan results and if not, skip the peer table updates that are specific
to Probe Response frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-26 16:11:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1ceb0e1778 Fix validation of PSK-from-RADIUS-server required response
cache->psk is an array and never NULL. The check here needs to check the
cache->has_psk flag instead.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-21 19:46:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93bcb70571 Sync with include/linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-19 20:41:42 +03:00
Deepthi Gowri
f65a239ba4 P2P: Add provision discovery failure event
Add provisional discovery failure ctrl_iface event
(P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE) to indicate to the application layer in case of
PD failure.

Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
2012-04-17 19:44:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b9cecafaf P2P: Fix disallowing of pending listen command to override connect
Commit d9bdba9f86 was supposed to allow
p2p_listen to schedule new after scan operation only if a p2p_connect
operation was not pending. However, it used incorrect P2P_AFTER_SCAN_
value for this and did not actually prevent overriding of p2p_connect
and could have caused some p2p_listen operations to be skipped
unnecessarily.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-16 18:51:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7b63c6396a P2P: Clear P2P_DEV_SD_INFO when new wildcard SD query is added
Unlike the unicast SD queries, the queries directed to all peers depend
on P2P_DEV_SD_INFO flag being cleared to allow the query to be sent to
a peer that has previously replied to any SD query.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-11 17:51:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a625ff6059 AP: Reschedule ap_handle_timer event on (re)association
Previously, the timeout scheduled during the previous association was
used after reassociation if the STA entry had not yet been removed. The
next timeout does not need to happen that quickly, so reschedule it
during reassociation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-11 14:24:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
42ca9845be AP: Add debug information for ap_handle_timer operations
This makes it easier to figure out what exactly was done with the
ap_handle_timer registration/cancellation based on a debug log.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-11 14:24:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c72bd6d49b AP: Reset STA timeout_next on driver-based-SME association
The next ap_handle_timer action was already cleared when association
is handled with user space -based SME. However, this step was missing
from the driver callback for indicating new association. This could
result in the first ap_handle_timer timeout on the new association
removing the station unexpectedly. Fix this by resetting the timeout_next
in hostapd_notif_assoc().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-11 14:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
31b4961f02 Fix EAP/WPS to PSK transition on reassociation in authenticator
A station may move from EAP/WPS key_mgmt to PSK using re-association. In
practice, this can happen most likely with WPS when the station runs
through the provisioning step (EAP/WPS) followed by PSK authentication.
If a deauthentication event is missed from the station for whatever
reason, the EAPOL authenticator state machine could have been left
running.

This can result in various issues, including unexpected disconnection of
the station while both the 4-way handshake and EAPOL authenticator state
machines (EAP) are running at the same time when the supplicant is
trying to use PSK. Fix this by explicitly clearing EAPOL authenticator
state machine on (re)association if the new association does not use it.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-10 21:30:46 +03:00
Jithu Jance
d3bd0f057c nl80211: Extend shared_freq to handle AP/GO mode interfaces
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2012-04-08 20:44:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7fa56233ae Scan only affected frequencies for 20/40 MHz co-ex check for
When starting an AP with HT40 on 2.4 GHz, limit the set of channels
to scan for based on the affected frequency range to speed up the
AP setup.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-08 12:12:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3208b5a0fe Make random_add_randomness() debug print less verbose
Mark the debug print excessive and print it only in case the entropy
collection is used since this function can get called pretty frequently.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-08 11:34:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9f98810c5d TLS: Use separate TLS library context for tunneled TLS
OpenSSL wrapper was using the same certificate store for both Phase 1
and Phase 2 TLS exchange in case of EAP-PEAP/TLS, EAP-TTLS/TLS, and
EAP-FAST/TLS. This would be fine if the same CA certificates were used
in both phases, but does not work properly if different CA certificates
are used. Enforce full separation of TLS state between the phases by
using a separate TLS library context in EAP peer implementation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-07 20:57:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
763a66f471 Remove experimental Symbian build
This was never really completed and is of not much use at this point,
so clean up the repository by removing the Symbian-specific changes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-07 13:00:30 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
5f97dd1c57 Add MASK=0xH option for the ctrl_iface BSS command
This optional parameter to the BSS command can be used to select which
fields are included in the output to avoid having to parse through
unneeded information and to reduce the buffer size.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2012-04-07 12:50:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
873d0fcfd3 nl80211: Skip set_mode event subscription during deinit
There is no need to subscribe to event messages during deinit process,
so skip this to avoid unnecessary operations and to keep the debug logs
a bit cleaner.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-06 18:58:44 +03:00
Ben Greear
9d05374796 Make bind failure messages unique
This helps someone know which part of the code is complaining.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-04-06 12:10:36 +03:00
Ben Greear
ce28e2795a AP: Add fuzz to idle-timer calculations
This should keep us from getting into a state where we bounce large
numbers of stations all at once. Spreading out the bounce should cause
less stress on the network as the idle stations won't all be trying to
reconnect at once.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-04-06 11:47:29 +03:00
Anirban Sirkhell
71dd3b78f9 WPS: Allow vendor specific attribute to be added into M1
wps_vendor_ext_m1 configuration parameter can now be used to add a
vendor specific attribute into the WPS M1 message, e.g., for
Windows Vertical Pairing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-04 00:08:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e9f078c8d nl80211: Indicate disconnect event as deauthentication
This was previously indicated as disassociation, but the P2P group
session ending case expect a deauthentication notification. Since the
cfg80211 disconnection event does not really indicate which frame was
used, the easiest approach for now seems to be to just indicate these
as deauthentication events.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 17:11:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52b2004285 Change reason code for AP mode BSS termination to 3
Use reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because sending STA is leaving)
instead of reason code 2 (Previous authentication ot valid) in the
Deauthentication frame sent at the time a BSS is terminated. This is
more accurate reason for the message and allows the stations to get
better understand on why they were disconnected. This can be useful
especially for P2P clients that can use this as a signal that the
P2P group session was ended per P2P specification section 3.2.9.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 16:17:38 +03:00
Eliad Peller
3c29244eb7 P2P: Add deinit_p2p_cli op to clear P2P client driver state
On P2P group removal, the GO is deinitialized correctly (and the vif
mode is set back to sta in case of nl80211), but the P2P client mode
wasn't deinitialized, and the nl80211 vif stays in P2P client mode.

Add a new deinit_p2p_cli op (similar to deinit_ap), which currently only
sets the interface back to station mode.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-04-01 21:41:23 +03:00
Johannes Berg
2d43d37ff2 DBus: Add ability to report probe requests
Some applications require knowing about probe requests to identify
devices. This can be the case in AP mode to see the devices before they
connect, or even in P2P mode when operating as a P2P device to identify
non-P2P peers (P2P peers are identified via PeerFound signals).

As there are typically a lot of probe requests, require that an
interested application subscribes to this signal so the bus isn't always
flooded with these notifications. The notifications in DBus are then
unicast only to that application.

A small test script is also included.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 21:14:48 +03:00
Johannes Berg
baf513d695 Pass signal strength through, fix units
The signal strength is currently never used as the only driver reporting
it is nl80211 which uses IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DB_ANTSIGNAL which is never
populated by the kernel. The kernel will (soon) populate
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL instead though, so use that.

Also, since it was never really populated, we can redefine the signal
field to be in dBm units only.

My next patch will also require knowing the signal strength of probe
requests throughout the code (where available), so add it to the
necessary APIs.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 18:48:12 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
370b076197 hostapd: Only update already-set beacons when processing OLBC
When hostapd is about to start an AP using HT40, it starts a scan to
check whether it is allowed or not. If OLBC is detected before the
scan has completed, it sets the beacons prematurely.

To fix this, instead of setting all beacons when OLBC is detected,
only update the ones that have already been started.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-04-01 18:12:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca8e039fec Fix memory leaks on radius_client_send error paths
In case this function returns an error, the RADIUS message needs to
freed in the caller.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-01 17:55:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c6f80e023 Remove extra linefeed from hostapd_logger message
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-01 13:41:03 +03:00
Alexander Couzens
a4e73a0e47 Fix potential double free and use of freed memory in RADIUS client
ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius() frees the RADIUS message if
radius_client_send() returns error. This could have resulted in use of
freed memory and double freeing of the RADIUS message if send() fails
since the message is also left in the retransmit list. Avoid this by not
returning error to the caller in such a case.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@c-base.org>
2012-04-01 13:36:52 +03:00
Johannes Berg
da873dbb06 nl80211: Report signal strength from nl80211
Report signal strength from nl80211 events to the higher layers.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 12:39:33 +03:00
Johannes Berg
4f68895e92 debug: Add option to log to Linux tracing
Add the option (-T) to wpa_supplicant to log all debug messages into the
kernel tracing, allowing to aggregate kernel debugging with
wpa_supplicant debugging and recording all with trace-cmd.

Since tracing has relatively low overhead and can be filtered
afterwards, record all messages regardless of log level. However, it
will honor the -K option and not record key material by default.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-03-31 13:55:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
526ec4aee8 P2P: Use P2P Device ID attribute if Device Info not available
The "BSS p2p_dev_addr=address" command uses p2p_parse_dev_addr() to
figure out the P2P Device Address of the GO from scan results. This used
to work only if the P2P IE was received from Probe Response frames since
only those include the P2P Device Info attribute. Make this work with
Beacon frames, too, by using P2P Device ID attribute if the P2P Device
Info attribute is not present.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 15:50:33 +03:00
Bala Shanmugam
1f6c0ab872 Allow background scan period to be configured
A network block specific background scan period can now be configured
for drivers that implement internal background scan mechanism for
roaming and BSS selection.

Signed-hostap: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 15:20:35 +03:00
Subrat Dash
0e28de0d2b TDLS: Add support for TDLS frame RX with bridge interfaces
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 11:12:33 +03:00
Anirban Sirkhell
4c374cde2f Add wps_cancel for hostapd_cli
Implement wps_cancel for hostapd similarly to how it was already
supported in wpa_supplicant AP mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-30 11:11:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21d996f775 P2P: Add support for preferred channel list
p2p_pref_chan configuration parameter can now be used to set the
list of preferred channel for P2P GO Negotiation. This will be used
in the priority order if the peer does not support the channel we
are trying to use as the GO (configured operating channel or the
best 2.4 GHz/5 GHz channel) for the case where a forced channel is
not used.

p2p_pref_chan=<op class:channel>,...

For example:
p2p_pref_chan=81:1,81:2,81:3,81:4,81:5,81:6

This would configure 2.4 GHz channels 1-6 as the preferred ones with
channel 1 the most preferred option.

These configuration parameters can be set in wpa_supplicant.conf and
dynamically updated with "wpa_cli set <param> <value>".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-29 21:28:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
84949a411c Fix eapol_test build without CONFIG_PCSC=y
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-29 20:44:36 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
a0133ee1c9 nl80211: Make use of driver's capability to detect inactive stations
When drivers advertise their capability to free up inactive
stations based on ap_max_inactivity, send the inactivity period
timeout to driver in NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT. This
introduces a WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_INACTIVITY_TIMER)
so that the inactivity period will be sent only when this capability
bit is set.

Signed-hostap: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-27 20:49:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17e729d49c Sync with include/linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-27 20:49:39 +03:00
Aarthi Thiruvengadam
e1bd4e1934 nl80211: Fix deauth/disassoc for AP mode SME-in-driver case
When the driver (or firmware) implements AP mode SME, the use of raw
management frame TX functions is not working properly at the moment. As
an initial step, convert these AP mode operations to use
NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION and do not claim that driver provides TX status
for deauth/disassoc frames. While this does not address all use cases
(e.g., reason code is not specified in the command), this fixes number
of issues where the station does not get disconnected properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-03-14 14:06:06 -10:00
Masashi Honma
e4e3131d68 WPS: Select the BSD license terms as the only license alternative
I changed license terms which I can change.
(email of Mon, 5 Mar 2012 22:59:02 +0900 to hostap@lists.shmoo.com)
2012-03-05 17:15:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e19467e161 TTLS: Fix peer challenge generation for TTLS/MSCHAPv2
Commit 30680e9332 changed the length
of the implicit challenge result to match with the exact length used
in TTLS. However, it failed to update the peer_challenge generation
to use a separate random value. Previously, this was generated as
part of the implicit challenge, but more correct way would have been
to generate a random value for it separately. Do this now to fix the
read after the allocated buffer (16 bytes after the implicit
challenge).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-05 16:59:03 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c8c340a9f6 AP: remove ssi_signal from ap_info
It is never used.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-03-05 16:38:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f41c92bd6 Interworking: Use EAP-AKA if USIM is used
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-04 16:11:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5464bcbcff SCARD: Increase application template DO buffer size
This DO has a maximum length of 127 bytes (TS 102 221), so better use
large enough buffer when reading the record.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-03 18:15:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9779e122cd SCARD: Move SIM file definitions into the C file
These are used only within pcsc_funcs.c so no need to define the
file identifiers in the header file.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-03 18:10:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67303a5479 SCARD: Add function for fetching PIN retry counter
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-03 13:51:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8f3bfc421 SCARD: Add debug dumps of FCP template TLVs in SELECT response
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-03 13:28:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f41ed0f845 SCARD: Reindent scard_parse_fsp_templ()
This was left at incorrect indentation level when moved to a separate
function.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-03-03 12:35:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10531d2166 P2P: Fix provisioning info clearing after successful WPS step
Previously, this provisioning info was cleared using the P2P Interface
Address of the GO as the key. That did not always work in the case the
where we joined an already running group. This could result in the next
connection to that same GO skipping provision discovery. Fix this by
finding the peer entry based on its P2P Device Address instead of the
P2P Interface Address which may not always be set.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-01 22:06:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1affa36cb5 WPS: Invalidate wildcard PIN on other radios after successful use
If a wildcard PIN is used on any of the radios that hostapd is
controlling, invalidate the matching PIN on all the other radios
to avoid multiple uses of the same PIN.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-29 20:42:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
360182ed7c P2P: Advertise immediate availability of WPS credential
Use Device Password ID in WSC IE of Probe Request and Probe Response
frames to advertise immediate availability of WPS credentials per P2P
specification sections 3.1.2.1.1 (Listen State), 3.1.2.1.2 (Scan Phase),
and 3.1.2.1.3 (Find Phase).

For now, the Device Password ID is set only for the case where we are
active GO Negotiation with a specific peer. In practice, this means that
the Probe Response frames during pending GO Negotiation (whenever in
Listen state) indicate availability of the credential.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 23:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78db55b800 P2P: Make p2p_flush stop P2P operations consistently
p2p_flush did not explicit stop all P2P operations, i.e., the exact
behavior depended on the P2P module state at the time the p2p_flush
command was issued. Make this more consistent by explicitly calling
p2p_stop_find() from p2p_flush().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 19:10:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a9c618d3f P2P: Fix remain-on-channel use with PD/Invitation Request while in Listen
If Listen state was in progress on another channel when a request to
send an Action frame (e.g., Provision Discovery Request or Invitation
Request to a peer on the peer's Listen channel that is different from
our Listenc hannel) is issued, wpa_supplicant tried to use concurrent
remain-on-channel operations. While some drivers can handle this
cleanly, there are drivers that don't and wpa_supplicant is not expected
to request concurrent remain-on-channel operations.

Fix this by cancelling the ongoing remain-on-channel with stop_listen
prior to sending the Action frame on another channel. If a P2P search
was in progress, it will be continued after the timeout on the new
operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-27 17:23:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
648cc711a5 GAS server: Add support for ANQP Venue Name element
The new venue_name configuration parameter can now be used to configure
the ANQP Venue Name values that stations can request through GAS.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 22:53:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3eaee4bf4b GAS server: Add support for ANQP Roaming Consortium list
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 22:53:16 +02:00
Jay Katabathuni
dca30c3fb7 Interworking: Add GAS server support for AP mode
This adds GAS/ANQP implementation into hostapd. This commit brings in
the basic GAS/ANQP functionality, but only the ANQP Capability List
element is supported.

For testing purposes, hostapd control interface SET command can be used
to set the gas_frag_limit parameter dynamically.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 22:52:53 +02:00
Jay Katabathuni
fb80e86e7d Add hostapd_drv_send_action()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 22:52:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6bcf537833 pcsc: Allow T1 protocol to be enabled
The previous implementation was hardcoding only T0 protocol to be
acceptable. Allow T1 to be selected, too.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-26 13:14:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f64adcd71e Allow PC/SC reader to be selected and initialized at start
New global configuration parameters pcsc_reader and pcsc_pin can now be
used to initialize PC/SC reader context at start of wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-26 13:09:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3825a19bfa Generate random ANonce instead of one based on Counter
Definition of ANonce selection in IEEE Std 802.11i-2004 is somewhat
ambiguous. The Authenticator state machine uses a counter that is
incremented by one for each 4-way handshake. However, the security
analysis of 4-way handshake points out that unpredictable nonces help in
preventing precomputation attacks. Instead of the state machine
definition, use an unpredictable nonce value here to provide stronger
protection against potential precomputation attacks.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-26 12:06:36 +02:00
Jithu Jance
e60b295186 Add wpa_supplicant AP mode STA deauthenticate/disassociate commands
Move disassociate and deauthenticate commands to ctrl_iface_ap.c, so
that they ares accessible for wpa_supplicant AP mode and wpa_cli (with
CONFIG_AP option enabled).

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2012-02-25 17:22:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
974c56ac24 WPS UPnP: Clean up URL parser
Remove unnecessary second copy of the URL and too long memory
allocation. In addition, avoid use of strcpy() to keep static analyzers
happier.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-19 13:19:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a0d25f08a Android: Extend debug logging to include wpa_dbg and hexdump
This makes the Android debug logs from logcat quite a bit more helpful
in debugging wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-18 20:59:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d441b0da2 wext: Filter unexpected interface added/up events
It looks like a RTM_NEWLINK event claiming the interface to be UP is
delivered just before removing an interface after having first indicated
that the interface was going down/removed. Ignore this event if the
interface is not present anymore at the moment the event is processed.
This fixes issues where an interface that was re-added after being
removed did not get reconfigured properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-18 13:28:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f4942ba1 nl80211: Filter unexpected interface added/up events
It looks like a RTM_NEWLINK event claiming the interface to be UP is
delivered just before removing an interface after having first indicated
that the interface was going down/removed. Ignore this event if the
interface is not present anymore at the moment the event is processed.
This fixes issues where an interface that was re-added after being
removed did not get reconfigured properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-18 13:13:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a6a1e1b14 nl80211: Indicate p2p_probe in debug log as scan parameter
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-18 12:39:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0047c047fc EAP-SIM/AKA server: Fix re-authentication not to update pseudonym
AT_NEXT_PSEUDONYM is supposed to be included only in the Challenge
messages, not in the Re-authentication messages. This attribute was
incorrectly included in the Re-authentication messages and could have
been used to update the pseudonym state on the server without the peer
updating its state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-16 23:31:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
05c15c897d EAP-AKA peer: Clean up forgetting-id debug prints
Do not show forgetting of old id values if no value was stored.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-16 23:25:53 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
deca6eff74 atheros: Add new IEEE 802.11r driver_ops
Add support to send Action frames to the driver.
Add support for TSPEC req and adding STA node to the driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 19:57:33 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
e03c3069ba Clear WEP configuration on interface deinit
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 19:48:48 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
4b8a59e40e Split hostapd_cleanup_iface() into two parts
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 19:47:54 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
ed53dec023 Split hostapd_cleanup() into two parts
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 19:47:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07bcdbb150 Move hostapd_for_each_interface() and hapd_interfaces into src/ap
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 19:46:27 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
9e7d033ef4 hostapd: Make sure ctrl_iface is not initialized multiple times
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 19:44:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b9d0bfa00 Add mechanism for disabling radio for testing purposes
"wpa_cli set radio_disabled 1/0" can be used to disable/enable
radio to simulate out-of-radio-range condition in a testbed
device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:26:44 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
56c2588aa8 atheros: Reset frame filter on deinit
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-16 16:25:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0c01d65d6d Ignore TX status for Data frames from not associated STA
Commit d9a38716cc did this for
hostapd_eapol_tx_status() but missed the older hostapd_tx_status()
path. Address that case, too.

The TX status event may be received after a station has been
disassociated in cases where the disassociation is following a
transmission of a Data frame. Ignore such events if the STA is not
associated at the moment the event is being processed. This avoids
confusing debug entries and rescheduling of the EAPOL TX timeouts for
STAs that are still in the STA table, but are not really in active EAPOL
session.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-14 21:04:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff22d1e10e WPS: Fix clearing of SetSelectedRegistrar with multiple interfaces
The SetSelectedRegistrar timeout was registered for each registrar
instance, but the only context pointer (struct subscription *) was
shared with each registrar which resulted in the timeout getting
cancelled for some of the registrar instances before the selected
registrar (ER) information was cleared.

In addition, when an ER unsubscribed from receiving events, the
selected registrar information got cleared only from a single
registrar.

Fix these issues by registering a pointer to the registrar
instance in the timeout and by iterating over all UPnP interfaces
when removing a subscription.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-13 23:02:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2624ed4311 eloop: Fix allocation failure handling in poll() version
eloop_sock_table_add_sock() needs to fail if pollfd array allocation
fails instead of returning success and leaving behind no buffer.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-12 21:33:42 +02:00
Antonio Quartulli
e640888c5e IBSS RSN: Support authorization
In IBSS RSN cfg80211/mac80211 now waits for userspace to authorize new
stations. This patch makes wpa_supplicant notify the driver when a
station can be considered authorized.

Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
2012-02-12 21:12:22 +02:00
Ben Greear
2df4c4ef2f eloop: Support poll() in eloop
When using more than around 200 virtual stations, we start hitting the
max number of file descriptors supported by select(). This patch adds
support for poll(), which has no hard upper limit.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-02-12 21:12:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f3d578efc Remove the GPL notification from files contributed by Jouni Malinen
Remove the GPL notification text from the files that were
initially contributed by myself.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 19:39:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e22d4d957b Remove the GPL notification from files contributed by Atheros
Remove the GPL notification text from files that were initially
contributed by Atheros Communications or Qualcomm Atheros.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 19:39:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0dd1603c3f Remove the GPL notification from EAP-pwd implementation
Remove the GPL notification text from EAP-pwd implementation per
approval from Dan Harkins who contributed these files.
(email from Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org> dated
Wed, 4 Jan 2012 16:25:48 -0800)

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 19:39:36 +02:00
Dan Harkins
5ea93947ca EAP-pwd: Add support for fragmentation
Signed-hostap: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2012-02-11 12:46:30 +02:00
Dan Harkins
a7cbb4753c EAP-pwd: Fix the argument name in compute_keys()
The parameters used here are confirm, not commit values.

Signed-hostap: Dan Harkins <dharkins@lounge.org>
2012-02-11 12:14:31 +02:00
Antonio Quartulli
78debc7529 Fix pmksa_cache_get() arguments in !IEEE80211_X_EAPOL builds
In case of !defined(IEEE8021X_EAPOL) the definition of the stub
pmksa_cache_get() in rsn_supp/pmksa_cache.h is not correct. This patch
adds the missing argument to the function definition to fix a
regression from commit 96efeeb66b.

Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
2012-02-11 10:45:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59acfe87aa P2P: Avoid re-starting p2p_search in some corner cases
Search (p2p_scan) could already have been started at the point
remain-on-channel end event is being processed, e.g., if an Action frame
TX is reported immediately aftet the end of an earlier remain-on-channel
operation and the response frame is sent using an offchannel operation
while p2p_find is still in progress. Avoid trying to re-run p2p_scan
while the previous one is still running.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-09 12:49:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
165ec73053 P2P: Fix p2p_scan() error processing in p2p_search()
Commit 39185dfa54 changed the p2p_scan()
callback to return 1 in some cases, but forgot to change this p2p_scan()
call to handle that properly. Fix this by processing any non-zero value
as an error. This regression could leave the P2P module in state where
it believed a P2P scan was still running and refused to start some
operations until that scan gets completed (which would never happen
since it was not really started).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-09 12:46:44 +02:00
Ganesh Prasadh
84751b98c1 WPS: Allow wildcard UUID PIN to be used twice
Previously, PINs that are added with a wildcard UUID were allowed to
be used only by a single Enrollee. However, there may be more than one
Enrollee trying to connect when an AP indicates that active Registrar
is present. As a minimal workaround, allow two Enrollees to try to use
the wildcard PIN. More complete extension could use timeout and allow
larger set of Enrollees to try to connect (while still keeping in mind
PIN disabling requirement after 10 failed attempts).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-08 12:37:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59c8500f18 P2P: Move p2p_add_device() prototype to correct header file
This was supposed to be an internal API to be used only within
src/p2p/*.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-07 16:26:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a70f34f22 P2P: Allow BSS entry to be fetched based on GO P2P Device Address
"BSS p2p_dev_addr=<P2P Device Address>" can now be used to fetch a
specific BSS entry based on the P2P Device Address of the GO to avoid
having to iterate through the full BSS table when an external program
needs to figure out whether a specific peer is currently operating as
a GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-07 16:23:21 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e12b85d324 P2P: Remove unneeded go_neg_peer check from PD
When the GO negotiation peer is assigned, the state also cannot be IDLE,
SEARCH, or LISTEN_ONLY.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-02-05 19:05:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96efeeb66b Use PMKSA cache entries with only a single network context
When looking for PMKSA cache entries to use with a new association, only
accept entries created with the same network block that was used to
create the cache entry.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-04 12:32:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c7bce24dc9 Clear EAPOL authenticator authFail for PMKSA caching/FT
This fixes a corner case where a STA that has PMKSA cache entry (or
valid FT keys) could try to use full EAPOL/EAP authentication and fail.
If the STA will then try to use the still valid PMKSA cache entry (or
FT) before the STA entry has been cleared, authFail could have been left
to TRUE. That will make EAPOL authenticator PAE state machine enter HELD
state even though authSuccess was already forced to TRUE. This results
in the STA getting disconnected even though it should be allowed to
continue with 4-way handshake. While this is unlikely to happen in
practice, it is better to get this fixed by clearing authFail when
setting authSuccess.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-04 12:21:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d9a38716cc Ignore TX status for Data frames from not associated STA
The TX status event may be received after a stations has been
disassociated in cases where the disassociation is following a
transmission of a Data frame. Ignore such events if the STA is not
associated at the moment the event is being processed. This avoids
confusing debug entries and rescheduling of the EAPOL TX timeouts for
STAs that are still in the STA table, but are not really in active EAPOL
session.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-04 12:18:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32cdcf15b2 WPS: Disable AP PIN after 10 consecutive failures
While the exponential increase in the lockout period provides an
efficient mitigation mechanism against brute force attacks, this
additional trigger to enter indefinite lockout period (cleared by
restarting hostapd) will limit attacks even further by giving maximum of
10 attempts (without authorized user action) even in a very long term
attack.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-30 17:36:14 +02:00
Ben Greear
80e8a5eef1 Support HT capability overrides
This allows HT capabilities overrides on kernels that
support these features.

MCS Rates can be disabled to force to slower speeds when using HT.
Rates cannot be forced higher.

HT can be disabled, forcing an 802.11a/b/g/n station to act like
an 802.11a/b/g station.

HT40 can be disabled.

MAX A-MSDU can be disabled.
A-MPDU Factor and A-MPDU Density can be modified.

Please note that these are suggestions to the kernel. Only mac80211
drivers will work at all. The A-MPDU Factor can only be decreased and
the A-MPDU Density can only be increased currently.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2012-01-29 21:01:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad612c2ace nl80211: Sync with linux/nl80211.h in wireless-testing.git
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-29 19:53:34 +02:00
Nicolas Cavallari
40d00d2bfe wpa_auth: Fix race in rejecting 4-way handshake for entropy
When there is not enough entropy and there are two station associating
at the same time, one of the stations will be rejected, but during
that rejection, the "reject_4way_hs_for_entropy" flag gets cleared. This
may allow the second station to avoid rejection and complete a 4-Way
Handshake with a GTK that will be cleared as soon as more entropy is
available and another station connects.

This reworks the logic to ban all 4-way handshakes until enough entropy
is available.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
2012-01-29 18:11:43 +02:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
3dd1d8906d nl80211: Subscribe management frames for WPA_IF_AP_BSS types
In multiple BSSes scenario for the drivers that do not use
monitor interface and do not implement AP SME, RX MGMT
frame subscription happens only for the default bss (first_bss).

Subscribe for RX MGMT frames for such BSSes.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
2012-01-29 12:34:38 +02:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
a7a6af4cba nl80211: Derive frequency for BSSes other than the first
Commit e4fb216769 moved frequency
storage from driver struct to bss struct and is assigned in
wpa_driver_nl80211_set_freq. As this wpa_driver_nl80211_set_freq is
triggered only on the first_bss, bss->freq for other BSSes is never
being set to the correct value. This sends MLME frames on frequency zero
(initialized value of freq) for BSSes other than the first.

To fix this derive frequency value from first_bss.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
2012-01-29 12:34:32 +02:00
Nicolas Cavallari
f31e19df3a wpa_debug: Support outputting hexdumps into syslog
This patch allows to log hexdumps into syslog.

This is useful when testing, as syslog's network logging
helps to collect debug outputs from several machines.

Signed-hostapd: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
2012-01-29 12:13:43 +02:00
Simon Baatz
4ac384c596 EAP-AKA peer: Append realm when learning the pseudonym
The pseudonym identity should use a realm in environments where a realm is
used. Thus, the realm of the permanent identity is added to the pseudonym
username sent by the server.

Signed-hostap: Simon Baatz <gmbnomis@gmail.com>
2012-01-28 19:41:19 +02:00
Simon Baatz
a6689be84f EAP-SIM peer: Append realm when learning the pseudonym
The pseudonym identity should use a realm in environments where a realm is
used. Thus, the realm of the permanent identity is added to the pseudonym
username sent by the server.

Signed-hostap: Simon Baatz <gmbnomis@gmail.com>
2012-01-28 19:38:46 +02:00
Nicolas Cavallari
913e3cf794 nl80211: Add IBSS BSSID fixing support
If a BSSID and fixed-bssid are requested, fix the BSSID, so
the driver does not attempt to merge.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
2012-01-28 11:35:32 +02:00
Nicolas Cavallari
9e2af29f9b Support fixing the BSSID in IBSS mode
When the "bssid=" option is set for an IBSS network and ap_scan = 2,
ask the driver to fix this BSSID, if possible.

Previously, any "bssid=" option were ignored in IBSS mode when ap_scan=2.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
2012-01-28 11:33:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce7b56afab WPS: Fix an interoperability issue with mixed mode and AP Settings
It looks like Windows 7 WPS implementation does not like multiple
Authentication/Encryption Type bits to be set in M7 AP Settings
attributes, i.e., it refused to add a network profile if the AP
was configured for WPA/WPA2 mixed mode and AP PIN was used to
enroll the network.

Leave only a single bit set in the Authentication/Encryption Type
attributes in M7 when the AP is acting as an Enrollee to avoid this
issue.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-27 22:32:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
552310680c nl80211: Fix send_action on off-channel in P2P GO role
A P2P Action frame may need to be sent on another channel than the GO's
operating channel. This information was lost in
wpa_driver_nl80211_send_action() in the case the interface was in AP
mode. Pass the frequence and related parameters to send_mlme mechanism
to allow the correct frequence to be used with the send frame command in
AP (P2P GO) mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-26 17:44:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ceb997f394 Fix ap_sta_disconnect() to clear EAPOL/WPA authenticator state
Number of places in hostapd use ap_sta_disconnect() instead of
ap_sta_disassociate() or ap_sta_deauthenticate(). There are some
differences between these functions, e.g., in the area how quickly
the EAPOL state machines get deinitialized. This can result in
somewhat unexpected events since the EAPOL/WPA authenticator
state machines could remain running after deauthentication.

Address this by forcing EAPOL/WPA authenticator state machines
to disabled state whenever ap_sta_disconnect() is called instead
of waiting for the deauthentication callback or other timeout
to clear the STA.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-25 22:32:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1e49ccebf7 pcsc: Fix compiler warning on signed vs. unsigned comparison
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-25 17:41:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1aebbc427 P2P: Do not expire peer entry if we are connected to the peer
Even though we may not update P2P peer entry while connected to the
peer as a P2P client, we should not be expiring a P2P peer entry while
that peer is the GO in a group where we are connected as a P2P client.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-25 17:27:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d277f0260 P2P: Do not expire peer entry if peer is connected as a client
Even though we may not receive a Probe Response from the peer during
the connection, we should not be expiring a P2P peer entry while that
peer is connected to a group where we are the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-25 17:00:59 +02:00
Deepthi Gowri
d8d6b32eec nl80211: P2P: Pass cookie parameter in send action frame
The cookie value needs to be fetched in GO mode, too, to be able to
indicate TX status callbacks with drivers that handle AP mode SME
functionality internally. This fixes issues with client discoverability
where TX status callback for GO Discoverability Request is needed to
trigger the GO to send Device Discoverability Response.
2012-01-23 20:12:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6c6274947 Add preliminary MNC length determination based on IMSI
Some SIM cards do not include MNC length with in EF_AD. Try to figure
out the MNC length based on the MCC/MNC values in the beginning of the
IMSI. This covers a prepaid Elisa/Kolumbus card that would have ended
up using incorrect MNC length based on the 3-digit default.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-22 21:54:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a3e0105692 Avoid unnecessary memory allocation in building of SIM realm
The temporary IMSI buffer can be used for this without needing the
extra memory allocation. In addition, the implementation is easier
to understand when the extra identity prefix value for EAP-SIM/AKA
is not included while fetching MCC/MNC from the IMSI.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-22 21:54:24 +02:00
Simon Baatz
2d7d0ab307 EAP-SIM/EAP-AKA peer: Support realms according to 3GPP TS 23.003
If the identity is derived from the SIM, use a realm according
to 3GPP TS 23.003.

Signed-hostap: Simon Baatz <gmbnomis@gmail.com>
2012-01-22 21:54:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4646ee67c0 Reject too short IMSI in EAP-SIM/AKA identity generation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-22 21:54:24 +02:00
Simon Baatz
8ab7a37089 SIM/USIM: Add function to get the MNC length from the SIM/USIM
The EF-AD (administrative data) file may contain information about the
length of the MNC (2 or 3 digits) in the IMSI. This can be used to
construct the realm according to 3GPP TS 23.003 during EAP-SIM or
EAP-AKA authentication.

Signed-hostap: Simon Baatz <gmbnomis@gmail.com>
2012-01-22 19:28:24 +02:00
Jithu Jance
8aebb0e471 P2P: Notify upper framework on stopping the p2p_find(SEARCH)
This patch notifies the upper framework that an on-going discovery has
been stopped. This is useful in cases where a p2p_find with a timeout
value initiated by the upper framework has been finished or when the
framework initiated "p2p_find" is stopped by a "p2p_connect".

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2012-01-22 17:20:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74590e710f Work around interop issue with WPA type EAPOL-Key 4/4 in WPA2 mode
Some deployed station implementations seem to send msg 4/4 with
incorrect type value in WPA2 mode. Add a workaround to ignore that issue
so that such stations can interoperate with hostapd authenticator. The
validation checks were added in commit
f8e96eb6fd.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-22 12:23:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8017b538e7 P2P: Use Device ID attribute to filter Probe Request frames as GO
The Device ID attribute was already used in Listen state, but it was
ignored in GO role. Verify that there is a match with Device ID in
GO rule, too, before replying to the Probe Request frame.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-08 09:35:33 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
6d92fa6e92 P2P: Allow Device ID to be specified for p2p_find command
dev_id=<P2P Device Addr> can now be specified as an argument to
p2p_find to request P2P find for a specific P2P device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-08 09:25:29 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
68921e24b2 Allow SNonce update after sending EAPOL-Key 3/4 if 1/4 was retransmitted
Some supplicant implementations (e.g., Windows XP WZC) update SNonce for
each EAPOL-Key 2/4. This breaks the workaround on accepting any of the
pending requests, so allow the SNonce to be updated even if we have
already sent out EAPOL-Key 3/4.

While the issue was made less likely to occur when the retransmit
timeout for the initial EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 was increased to 1000 ms,
this fixes the problem even if that timeout is not long enough.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-02 22:36:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d567479153 Do not disconnect STA based on inactivity on driver failure
Now that we can use driver_nl80211.c with non-mac80211 drivers that
implement SME/MLME internally, we may not get inactivity time from the
driver. If that is the case, we need to skip disconnection based on
maximum inactivity timeout. This fixes some unexpected disconnection
cases with ath6kl in AP mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-02 21:27:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d9975d5b0 Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc
The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being
processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by
the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism
getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected
locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen
only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code.

Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate
whether the event was generated locally.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 18:55:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d033694ac5 Clear EAPOL authWhile and heldWhile values when port is disabled
IEEE Std 802.1X-2004 does not clear authWhile and heldWhile in this
case, but doing so allows the timer tick to be stopped more quickly when
the port is not enabled. Since these variables are used only within HELD
and RECEIVE states, clearing them on initialization does not change
actual state machine behavior. This reduces some unnecessary operations
in port disabled state and cleans up the wpa_supplicant debug log after
disconnection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-31 13:42:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ee9fc67ab7 nl80211: Mark Beacon event debug excessive
This can show up way too frequently in AP mode to make debug logs
readable at debug level.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-30 14:10:15 +02:00
Spencer Chang
62a8ea7d01 WPS: Cancel previous registered wps_registrar_pbc_timeout
Since wps_registrar_pbc_timeout is called to stop PBC, previously
registered wps_registrar_pbc_timeout must be canceled when canceling
the WPS operation.

Signed-off-by: Spencer Chang <jungwalk@gmail.com>
2011-12-29 21:32:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9fd8ce804 nl80211: Fix NL80211_CMD_FRAME to not try offchannel without driver support
The offchanok parameter is hardcoded to one in number of paths and that
added NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK attribute to NL80211_CMD_FRAME
unconditional. cfg80211 rejects this with EINVAL if the driver does not
indicate support for offchannel TX. Fix this by not requesting
offchannel TX depending on driver capabilities. Remain-on-channel
operation was used for those cases anyway, so the additional attribute
was not really needed for these in the first place.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-29 14:15:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d891981db nl80211: Do not stop AP mode Probe Request reporting on Listen stop
When nl80211_setup_ap() has enabled Probe Request reporting, this must
not be disabled when P2P Listen state is stopped to avoid breaking AP
mode operations. This could happen, e.g., if a Probe Request frame was
received from a P2P device that the we are trying to invite to our group
(i.e., when operating in GO role). p2p_probe_req_rx() calls
p2p_invite_start() in this case and that ends up calling
p2p->cfg->stop_listen() which calls probe_req_report() driver op.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-27 20:32:29 +02:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
ef01fa7bfa hostapd: Make inactivity polling configurable
hostapd uses the poll method to check if the station is alive
after the station has been inactive for ap_max_inactivity seconds.
Make the poll mechanism configurable so that user can choose to
disconnect idle clients.

This can be especially useful when some devices/firmwares have
restrictions on the number of clients that can connect to the AP
and that limit is smaller than the total number of stations trying
to use the AP.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
2011-12-25 20:57:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3daee1df5 Remove obsolete comment on removed PTK rekeying operation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-24 13:55:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00338a4fe8 Increase initial group key handshake retransmit timeout to 500 ms
The 100 ms timeout on retransmitting group key message can be too short
for stations that are in power save mode or if there is a large number
of association stations. While the retransmission of the EAPOL-Key frame
should allow this to be recovered from, it is useful to avoid
unnecessary frames to save soem CPU and power.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-24 13:50:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c3c38db1e Drop priority level of the logger message for unexpected replay counter
This can happen frequently during normal EAPOL-Key exchanges and there
is no need to log it at info level.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-24 13:39:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6cc0602dd nl80211: Fix mgmt RX for device SME in AP mode without monitor
Drivers that use device SME in AP mode may still need to be
subscribed for Action frame RX when monitor interface is not used.
This fixes number of P2P GO operations with ath6kl.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-23 18:15:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
536062f274 nl80211: Fix use_monitor driver capability for non-mac80211 drivers
Poll command may be enough for mac80211 to figure out whether monitor
interface is to be used, but this change did not take into account
non-mac80211 drivers that support AP mode without monitor interface.
For example, ath6kl needs to get use_monitor disabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-23 18:13:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82554b100c nl80211: Show station flush failures in debug log
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-23 18:12:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36488c054c nl80211: Add debug prints for mgmt RX subscription
This makes it easier to figure out which management frames has been
subscribed to for RX events.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-23 18:10:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fbdcfd577a P2P: Maintain a list of P2P Clients for persistent group on GO
Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to
maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent
group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily
whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific
peer device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 22:47:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3ffc80b8c P2P: Move public P2P_PEER info generation into ctrl_iface
The P2P module provides access to public peer data in struct
p2p_peer_info. Use this to build the P2P_PEER information in
ctrl_iface.c instead of providing such text format data from the P2P
module.

The internal data that was previously built in p2p_get_peer_info() as
part of the text format peer data is now available through a separate
p2p_get_peer_info_txt() function. This is still included in P2P_PEER
output to maintain backwards compatibility with external programs that
could have started to use this. However, it should be noted that this
data is not really supposed to be used for anything else apart from
debugging purposes and its format is subject to change.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:26:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3bcc0f519 P2P: Replace p2p_get_peer_info with p2p_peer_known when applicable
p2p_get_peer_info() was used in multiple places just to check whether a
specific peer is known. This was not the designed use for the function,
so introduce a simpler function for that purpose to make it obvious that
the p2p_get_peer_info() function is actually used only in ctrl_iface.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 21:04:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a601f71bc7 P2P: Fix a typo in a function documentation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-22 20:55:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d9bdba9f86 P2P: Do not allow pending listen command override connect
If p2p_listen is issued during a p2p_scan, a pending after-scan operation
is scheduled. However, since there is support for only a single pending
operation, this was able to override a previously scheduled pending
connect command. This can break some command sequences, so give higher
priority to pending connect operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 13:35:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b088cf82c9 Android: nl80211: Work around limited genl_ctrl_resolve()
Android ICS system/core/libnl_2 has very limited genl_ctrl_resolve()
implementation that cannot handle names other than nlctrl. Work
around that by implementing more complete genl_ctrl_resolve()
functionality within driver_nl80211.c for Android builds.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 13:33:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74781dfc7b Lower RX_MGMT driver event debug level for Beacon frames
This event can be very frequent in AP mode when Beacon frames from
neighboring BSSes are delivered to user space. Drop the debug
message priority from DEBUG to EXCESSIVE for Beacon frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 21:48:25 +02:00
Ben Greear
300ab0556c Allow linking with libnl-3 (libnl 3.2 and newer)
I needed this patch to compile against the latest
libnl code. I added this to my config file:

CONFIG_LIBNL32=y

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-12-18 21:12:05 +02:00
Neeraj Kumar Garg
d58ed4e306 P2P: Reduce the idle time in Wait peer connect state
When waiting for go_neg frame from the peer in WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state,
I have observed that sometimes it takes 20 to 30 secs for successful GO
negotiation. I also found out that it is because of 1 second idle time,
in WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state. While it is good to have 1 second idle time
[for doing power-save or doing some other legacy STA Scan or some other
useful stuff], this makes GO Negotiation process slow.

We wait for 1 second idle and then listen for a random time between
100(min)-300(max) ms. Assume P1 is in WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state and P2 is
the one which is now to send go_neg frame. If P2 sends GO Negotiation
frame just at the boundary of 300 ms of P1 and assume that P2 takes
close to 600-800 ms for one iteration of sending go_neg request (one
iteration is GO Negotiation Request frame time + dwell time +
listen_time), P2 needs to transmit at least 16-18 Action frames for
hitting the listen time of P1.

Following patch reduces the idle time to 500 ms. Alternatively we can
increase the listen time interval to 500 ms just for WAIT_PEER_CONNECT
state.
2011-12-18 18:01:11 +02:00
Neeraj Kumar Garg
bfe3557a07 P2P: Fix PROBE_REQ_ONLY flag use for Provision Discovery Request
Provision discovery from a known peer should actually check for
dev->flags & P2P_DEV_PROBE_REQ_ONLY. This is creating an issue of
updating the listen frequency of peer with the PD request frame
frequency. PD request frame will be sent by the peer on our local listen
frequency. This patch fixes that error. Suggested check has already been
implemented in the invitation req receive path.
2011-12-18 17:42:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ef2f7ffcf P2P: Fix Provision Discovery channel for some join-GO cases
The Provision Discovery Request needs to be sent on the operating
channel of the GO and as such, the frequency from the BSS table
(scan results) need to override the frequency in the P2P peer
table that could be based on the Listen channel of the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 17:21:25 +02:00
Reinette Chatre
e5a359cf7e P2P: Make GO negotiation peer and group information available over D-Bus
The GO negotiation response is very cryptic at the moment. For a success
message we only know on which interface the negotiation succeeded, not
which peer. For a failure we know the interface also and a status code
(number).

It will be very useful for clients to know upon receipt of such a message
which peer the negotiation occurred with.

Now that the peer information is available and the API is changed
already, the function composing the D-Bus message might as well include
all GO negotiation information. This is done with a dict to make things
easier on clients if this result information changes down the line.

Signed-hostap: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-18 16:52:33 +02:00
Marek Kwaczynski
2f0c8936bf P2P: Do not include own information in the peer table
When the station is connected to P2P GO after calling p2p_find command
the device sees itself. It is related to lack of filtering itself from
clients connected to P2P GO.

Step by step:
1. dev1: p2p_group_add
2. dev2: p2p_connect <MAC1> pbc join
3. dev1: wps_pbc
4. dev2: p2p_find

Skip P2P client information for our own device from a GO with which
we are connected.
2011-12-18 16:38:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2fe5b3663 PCSC: Accept 0x67 (Wrong length) as a response to READ RECORD
It looks like some USIM cards respond with 0x67 (Wrong length) instead
of 0x6c to 00 b2 01 04 ff. This was getting rejected in
scard_get_record_len(). ETSI TS 102 221 is not very clear on this
detail, but it looks fine to accept the 0x67 error value, too, to learn
the record length.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 14:44:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c84b868a71 Make hostapd_eid_wmm_valid() return more logical return values
Return 1/0 instead 0/-1 to indicate valid/invalid element so that
the if statement makes more sense with !wmm_valid().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-17 12:41:00 +02:00
Jason Young
5d06163714 AP: Pass station's WMM configuration to driver wrappers
This updates a previous patch did more or less the same thing by
providing the qosinfo as a single variable to the driver wrappers.

Signed-hostap: Jason Young <jason.young@dspg.com>
2011-12-17 12:38:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e088e743d nl80211: Fix memory leaks on nla_put_failure error paths
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-17 12:27:11 +02:00
Jason Young
5883168ae0 nl80211: Fix memory leak on nla_put_failure error paths
Signed-hostap: Jason Young <jason.young@dspg.com>
2011-12-17 12:19:36 +02:00
Eliad Peller
774bfa62ce nl80211: Send uapsd_queues and max_sp values on STA addition
When a new station is added, send its configured WMM params.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-12-17 11:59:34 +02:00
Eliad Peller
5f32f79c6e AP: Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields
Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to sta_info struct,
and pass them to the sta_add callback.

These values are determined by the WMM IE in the (Re)Association Request.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-12-17 11:55:14 +02:00
Eliad Peller
70619a5d8a AP: Consider U-APSD driver support
Check whether the driver advertises support for U-APSD
in AP mode, and evaluate wmm_uapsd only in this case.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-12-17 11:45:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a97bde0af4 Android: Fix PNO start function conversion
The wpa_hexdump_ascii() call did not get converted properly and this
was missed becaused of it getting defined out from the build. Anyway,
this better use the correct variable names should that debug print
ever be enabled for Android.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-15 01:06:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa543c0c33 nl80211: Fix CONFIG_TDLS=y build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-12 16:32:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
671a50392d nl80211: Clean up info on netdev or nl80211 not found errors
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 18:51:55 +02:00
Jean-Michel.Bachot
5aff6fc697 P2P: Remove unexpected pending Provision Discovery Request in Search
A Pending Provision Discovery Request was sent in SEARCH phase after a
previous provision discovery timeout. Fix this by resetting the config
method of P2P device in the pending PD reset function. This avoids the
sending of a pending Provision Discovery Request during the next P2P
search.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com>
2011-12-11 17:43:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3a0706b47 P2P: Fix Provision Discovery name in debug messages
Some debug messages used incorrect name for Provision Discovery.
Replace "Provisioning Discovery" with "Provision Discovery".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:36:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36ba8581f7 P2P: Reject Presence Request if current NoA cannot be fetched
It is safer to assume that the driver could be using NoA and reject
any Presence Request unless we are sure that noa NoA is in use.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:07:41 +02:00
Michael Braun
05ab9712b9 Allow WPA passphrase to be fetched with RADIUS Tunnel-Password attribute
This allows per-device PSK to be configured for WPA-Personal using a
RADIUS authentication server. This uses RADIUS-based MAC address ACL
(macaddr_acl=2), i.e., Access-Request uses the MAC address of the
station as the User-Name and User-Password. The WPA passphrase is
returned in Tunnel-Password attribute in Access-Accept. This
functionality can be enabled with the new hostapd.conf parameter,
wpa_psk_radius.

Signed-hostap: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2011-12-11 13:01:57 +02:00
Vitaly Wool
c3daaf3325 Skip WPS PBC overlap detection if P2P address is the same
WPS overlap detection can detect false overlap if a P2P peer
changes UUID while authentication is ongoing. Changing UUID
is of course wrong but this is what some popular devices do
so we need to work around it in order to keep compatibility
with these devices. There already is a mechanism in WPS
registrar to skip overlap detection if P2P addresses of two
sessions match but it wasn't really triggered because the
address wasn't filled in in the caller function.

Let's fill in this address and also clean up WPS PBC sessions
on WSC process completion if UUID was changed.

Signed-hostap: Vitaly Wool<vitalywool@gmail.com>
2011-12-11 12:03:18 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
5ed3354617 nl80211: Send Probe Response template to the driver
Pass the raw Probe Response template to kernel via netlink using the
set_ap() driver callback. The data is sent as one of the Beacon
attributes.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-12-10 21:11:32 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
5b99e21a14 Set driver Probe Response template for AP mode offload
Configure a Probe Response template for drivers that support it. The
template is updated when the Beacon template is updated.

The Probe Response template is propagated to the driver via the set_ap()
callback.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-12-10 21:11:32 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
eacc6b2478 Split Probe Response generation into a separate function
This is needed for Probe Response template, so move the code into a
separate function that can be shared.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-12-10 21:11:32 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
4f73d88afa Maintain internal copy of Probe Response offload capabilities
Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-12-10 21:11:32 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
562c9d976e nl80211: Propagate Probe Response offload capabilities from kernel
Translate nl80211 flags to wpa_supplicant flags for Probe Response
offload support. The existence of the nl80211 PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT
attribute means Probe Response offload is supported. The value of the
attribute is a bitmap of supported protocols.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-12-10 21:11:32 +02:00
Ben Greear
afcc9ea1a6 AP: Improve disconnect and timeout related logging
This previously helped when debugging some auth issues when hitting the
AP with 128 association attempts all at once.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-12-10 16:34:52 +02:00
Ben Greear
e04a163180 AP: Convert some wpa_printf to wpa_msg/dbg
This generates better log messages when running multiple
interfaces in one process.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-12-10 16:28:14 +02:00
Ben Greear
af22a9994b Tell user why a channel cannot be used in AP mode
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-12-10 16:18:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82ac659d01 P2P: Remove forgotten TODO comment
The P2P peers are already expired.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-10 14:28:23 +02:00
Jithu Jance
10cc6c883e P2P: Append P2P Device Address to AP-STA-DISCONNECTED event
Append "p2p_dev_addr" parameter to AP-STA-DISCONNECTED event for P2P
connections. In addition, for AP-STA-CONNECTED event during P2P
connection, the "dev_addr=" print is replaced with "p2p_dev_addr=" to
be more consistent with other events.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-10 12:26:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
341eebee38 nl80211: Store own address in BSS
Storing the address in the BSS instead of the DRV struct makes it usable
for hostapd and thus gets rid of the linux_get_ifhwaddr() call when
receiving a spurious frame.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-10 11:56:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
505a36941e Add MSK dump mechanism into hostapd RADIUS server for testing
Testing code can now be enabled in the hostapd RADIUS server to dump
each derived MSK into a text file (e.g., to be used as an input to
wlantest). This functionality is not included in the default build
and can be enabled by adding the following line to hostapd/.config:
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_RADIUS_TEST

The MSK dump file is specified with dump_msk_file parameter in
hostapd.conf (path to the dump file). If this variable is not set,
MSK dump mechanism is not enabled at run time.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-09 00:15:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3f4278445 P2P: Add group ifname to P2P-PROV-DISC-* events
If Provision Discovery Request is sent for GO role (i.e., P2P Group ID
attribute is included), add the group interface name to the control
interface event on the GO. This makes it easier to figure out which
ctrl_iface needs to be used for wps_pbc/wps_pin command to authorize
the joining P2P client.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 21:57:17 +02:00
Jithu Jance
ec437d9e74 P2P: Skip duplicated provision discovery on join
If p2p_prov_disc join command is used prior to p2p_connect join,
skip the duplicated provision discovery exchange.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 21:44:57 +02:00
Jithu Jance
8c5f730983 P2P: Add optional "join" argument for p2p_prov_disc command
This can be used to request Provision Discovery Request to be sent
for the purpose of joining a running group, e.g., to request the GO
to display a PIN that we can then use with p2p_connect join command.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-12-06 21:28:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
481234cf1a nl80211: Remove unnecessary struct nl80211_handles wrapper
Since the nl_cache is not used anymore, there is no need for maintaining
the struct nl80211_handles wrapper for struct nl_handle. Clean this up
by using nl_handle directly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 19:47:59 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3088e4e52d nl80211: Listen to unexpected 4addr events
Monitor-less AP mode had lost the ability to do
4addr WDS, this adds it back.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 19:32:41 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d6c9aab8d2 nl80211: Use global event socket for multicast events
This is a rewrite of Ben Greear's patch, making the
nl80211 code use just a single multicast event socket.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 19:30:43 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e32ad281ca nl80211: Register for Beacon frames in AP mode
When running AP mode, we need to receive beacons over overlapping BSSes
to handle protection. Use the new nl80211 command for this. As the
command works per wiphy (and we don't want to receive the Beacon frames
multiple times) add an abstraction that keeps track of per-wiphy data.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 18:39:57 +02:00
Johannes Berg
02bb32c393 nl80211: Subscribe to spurious class3 frame events
These events are necessary to send deauth frames to
stations sending spurious data frames. Subscribe to
them on the per-BSS event socket.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 18:29:45 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a11241fa11 nl80211: Use nl80211 for mgmt TX/RX in AP mode
To achieve this, multiple things are needed:
 1) since hostapd needs to handle *all* action frames,
    make the normal registration only when in a non-AP
    mode, to be able to do this use the new socket
 2) store the frequency in each BSS to be able to give
    the right frequency to nl80211's mgmt-tx operation
 3) make TX status processing reject non-matched cookie
    only in non-AP mode

The whole thing depends on having station-poll support
in the kernel. That's currently a good indicator since
the kernel patches are added together.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-06 18:24:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5331c274e0 EAP server: Force identity request after eapRestart for passthrough
Fix start of reauthentication after failed authentication with
passthrough (external AAA server) to use internal EAP Identity method.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 13:02:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a9e26b6e7 Revert "EAP server: Force identity request after INITIALIZE for passthrough"
This reverts commit 204dd3f420.
start_reauth was not supposed to be used in this way and setting it
to TRUE in INITIALIZE breaks internal EAP server.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 12:47:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c3ba0784e nl80211: Use driver event to indicate failure on authentication retry
When using authentication retry within driver_nl80211.c, a failure on the
second attempt has to be indicated with a driver event since the return
code from wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() is not actually delivered to
the core code in that case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 22:28:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
536fd62dba nl80211: Recover from auth req ENOENT with a scan
cfg80211 rejects NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE with ENOENT if the BSS entry
for the target BSS is not available. This can happen if the cfg80211
entry has expired before wpa_supplicant entry (e.g., during a suspend).
To recover from this quickly, run a single channel scan to get the
cfg80211 entry back and then retry authentication command again. This
is handled within driver_nl80211.c to keep the core wpa_supplicant
implementation cleaner.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 21:53:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b41e05656 EAP-AKA peer: Keep pseudonym identity across EAP exchanges
This updates EAP-AKA peer implementation with the changes that previous
commits did for EAP-SIM.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 17:21:22 +02:00
Simon Baatz
1037235ca0 EAP-SIM peer: Only log the identities that we actually forget
[Bug 425]
2011-12-04 17:17:21 +02:00
Simon Baatz
a9f40ae720 EAP-SIM: Keep pseudonym identity
The pseudonym is a temporary identity, but is no one-time identifier (like
the fast re-authentication identity). Thus, do not forget it if the server
does not include it in every challenge. There are servers that include the
pseudonym identity only at full-auth. [Bug 424]
2011-12-04 17:15:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c8894a3100 Use explicit type casting to avoid sign extensions
Make sure sign extension does not end up getting used here by
explicitly type casting the variables to correct size.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 17:06:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
607bcf61a4 Check nt_password_hash() return code
While this is unlikely to fail in practice, better be more consistent
in validating nt_password_hash() result.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 16:59:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d627a9395d Check wpa_supplicant_parse_ies() return value more consistently
Reject messages that fail to be parsed instead of trying to use
partially parsed information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 16:40:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78018ae91d Fix basic_rates copying
Commit e5693c4775 used incorrect
sizeof to copy the basic rates.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 13:12:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
210ff0f7f3 Fix no-NEED_AP_MLME build
Commit 34445d12ee forgot to convert
the hostapd_prepare_rates() inline wrapper for builds that do not
define NEED_AP_MLME.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 12:46:01 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
3eeee931dd Allow Action frames with unknown BSSID in GO mode
P2P invitation responses are transmitted with the BSSID set to the peer
address. Pass these action frames up to allow the GO to receive the
Invitation Response (and avoid sending the Invitation Request multiple
times).

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-12-04 12:10:11 +02:00
Johannes Berg
9f12614b8c nl80211: Do not encrypt IEEE 802.1X WEP EAPOL
Set the NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT flag for nl80211 to tell
drivers (mac80211) to not encrypt the EAPOL frames for WEP IEEE 802.1X.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:46:12 +02:00
Johannes Berg
cc7a48d1f4 nl80211: Allocate nl CB for BSS RX
In preparation for things that receive on a BSS-specific handle,
allocate a CB for it and hook it up to receive functions.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:14:53 +02:00
Johannes Berg
f06aedd92f nl80211: Rename process_event
The next patch will add process_bss_event, rename process_event to
process_drv_event to differentiate between them.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:10:44 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a4ae123c3f nl80211: Pass cb to eloop function
By passing the nl_cb as the context to the eloop function we can
(in the next patch) use the same eloop function for BSS events.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:07:54 +02:00
Johannes Berg
1afc986d84 nl80211: Use one CB for driver event RX
There's no need to clone the CB all the time
and then assign it, just use a constant one.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 20:00:11 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e4fb216769 nl80211: Store frequency in bss struct
Storing the frequency in the bss struct allows using it for frame
commands in AP mode and not relying on the driver struct as much, which
is good for hostapd mode.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 19:55:22 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3fd1cefb81 nl80211: Move AP SME setup to mode change
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 19:47:01 +02:00
Johannes Berg
32ab485503 nl80211: Use socket error queue for EAPOL TX status
This will allow getting TX status for EAPOL frames
sent as data frames if the driver supports it.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-12-03 19:32:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
204dd3f420 EAP server: Force identity request after INITIALIZE for passthrough
Previously, sm->start_reauth was set to TRUE in SUCCESS2 state to force
reauthentication to start with EAP identity request. This works fine for
the case of EAP success through the AAA passthrough authentication, but
is not enough to handle passthrough authentication failure. sm->identity
is set in that case and getDecision would return PASSTHROUGH instead of
CONTINUE (to Identity method).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 17:37:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aef85ba204 nl80211: Ignore interface up event if interface is down
The RTM_NEWLINK even can have IFF_UP flag even if the interface is
down. Do not generate EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED event based on such a
message.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 13:18:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b1c7bfdc5 nl80211: Use binary hexdump for scan IEs instead of text
The IEs are binary data, so there is not much point in trying
to show them as ASCII data in debug prints.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 12:47:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34445d12ee Convert hostapd_prepare_rates() to use struct hostapd_iface
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 12:20:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e5693c4775 Merge set_rate_sets() driver_ops into set_ap()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 12:16:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f17b3ee9f Remove unused parameters from set_rate_sets()
Only setting of the basic rate set was supported, so remove the
unused parameters.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 11:57:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e26cd1a180 hostapd: Show driver event names in debug log
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 11:46:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d03e8d118c nl80211: Merge ap_isolate configuration into nl80211_set_bss()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 11:43:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e53a0c7406 Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 11:38:51 +02:00
Szymon Bigos
9337e876ab Fix generated WPS PIN values to use zero-padding
The dynamically generated PINs are supposed to have 8 digits, but
some PIN generatation cases were not zero-padding these properly.
2011-12-02 23:04:39 +02:00
Bharat Chakravarty
8e5f913456 WPS: Allow RF Bands value to be overridden
A new hostapd.conf parameter, wps_rf_bands, can now be used to fix the
RF Bands value in cases where hw_mode is not set or when operating a
dual band dual concurrent AP.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-30 17:44:43 +02:00
Subrat Dash
910b482d9b WPS: Fix stopping of active WPS operation on dual concurrent AP
When hostapd controls multiple radios, WPS operations are started on
all interfaces. However, when the provisioning run had been completed
successfully, actiove WPS mode was stopped only a single interface. Fix
this to iterate through all interfaces so that this is handled
consistently with the starting of WPS operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-30 16:48:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6d731b848 WPS ER: Fix segfault in some selected registrar change cases
Commit 628d54639a introduced number
of new WPS related ctrl_iface messages to hostapd. Some of these
were for ER events which do not make any sense to hostapd that
cannot operate as an ER. The WPS_EV_ER_SET_SELECTED_REGISTRAR one
from wps_registrar_sel_registrar_changed_event() was especially
problematic since it can cause wpa_supplicant ER code segfault due
to missing event data.

Revert all the ER specific changes from commit
628d54639a to get rid of the segfault
and undesired extra code in hostapd.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-30 14:44:23 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
216eede830 Android: nl80211: Add Android specific PNO configuration
This is based on the Android driver_cmd changes that are converted to
use the sched_scan/stop_sched_scan driver_ops for the case where the
driver does not support the new nl80211 commands.

Change-Id: Iaedc340f84650af422bd2ea57d2a8b0a9d4a5330
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-11-29 15:18:52 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
5eb429101a Android: wext: Add sched_scan functions for PNO
(jm: This is based on the Android change that used driver_cmd. The same
implementation is used for the actual driver interface, but the commands
are now accessed through sched_scan/stop_sched_scan driver_ops instead
of driver_cmd)
2011-11-29 15:18:45 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
06e356fe14 Android: wext: Add driver state events 2011-11-29 15:18:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
363ab44067 EAP-AKA: Use strdup instead of strlen + malloc + memcpy
While the copy is not used as a null terminated string, this can prevent
some static analyzers from complaining about non-issue.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 22:45:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ac6c3f71a EAP-PEAP: Remove unused hdr assignment
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 22:43:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
864a8e3bf6 EAP-PSK: Fix memory leak on error path
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 22:41:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cdc6e5d084 TLS: Add support for SHA256-based cipher suites from RFC 5246
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 22:33:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1622b331f6 TLS: Update file headers to include TLS v1.2 support
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 22:13:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a838e71ccf Include TLS v1.1 and v1.2 support in library build
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 22:08:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b919be289 TLS: Allow TLS v1.2 to be negotiated
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 22:08:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0b1c5f7b3 TLS: Add TLS v1.2 style CertificateVerify functionality
Add support for generating and verifying RFC 3447 RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5
style DigestInfo for TLS v1.2 CertificateVerify. For now, this is
hardcoded to only support SHA256-based digest.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 22:08:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
949b2e1f61 TLS: Add SHA256-based verify_data derivation for TLS v1.2
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 22:08:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
20b4cdcd41 TLS: Maintain SHA256-based hash values for TLS v1.2
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 21:48:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca84eed7ad TLS: Add build configuration for TLS v1.2 support
This allows the internal TLS implementation to be built for TLS v1.2
support. In addition to the build option, this changes the TLS PRF
based on the negotiated version number. Though, this commit does not
yet complete support for TLS v1.2.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 21:45:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bcf03f5209 TLS: Assume explicit IV for TLS v1.1 and newer
This is needed to allow TLS v1.2 to be supported.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 21:38:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c67d77fef TLS: Increase maximum MAC key from 20 to 32 octets
This is in prepartion of adding support for SHA256-based operations
with TLS v1.2.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 21:36:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0485a6208 TLS: Pass version to tls_prf() in preparation for new PRFs
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 21:35:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd52acec85 Rename tls_prf() to tls_prf_sha1_md5()
Prepare for multiple TLS PRF functions by renaming the SHA1+MD5 based
TLS PRF function to more specific name and add tls_prf() within the
internal TLS implementation as a wrapper for this for now.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 21:27:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebe4e8f814 TLS: Add helper functions for version number handling
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 21:20:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8307489840 Add implementation of TLS v1.2 PRF (P_SHA256)
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 21:10:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dcff088df7 Add SHA256-hash functions to generic crypto_hash_* functions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 21:10:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e770c497eb TLS: Add a debug information on unsupported private key format
Provide easier to understand reason for failure to use the old
OpenSSL encrypted private key format.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-27 13:21:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
527a398866 wext: Define some new values if linux/wireless.h is too old
IW_ENCODE_ALG_PMK and IW_ENC_CAPA_4WAY_HANDSHAKE are not defined in the
Android tree, so add compatibility defines for these.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-25 23:56:15 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
8a5e75f60f P2P: Send STA connected/disconnected events to parent ctrl_iface
Send the connection events from P2P group to both the group interface
and parent interface ctrl_ifaces to make it easier for external monitor
programs to see these events without having to listen to all group
interfaces when virtual group interfaces are used.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-11-25 23:56:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb67eec6f8 nl80211: Do not set sched_scan filter if driver does not support it
cfg80211 will reject the NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN if too many
match sets are requested. To avoid being completely unable to start
any scheduled scans, skip setting these filters if the driver did
not advertise support for large enough number of match sets.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-25 17:46:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29f338af26 nl80211: Implement set_p2p_powersave for legacy_ps changes
This adds initial implementation of set_p2p_powersave to allow legacy PS
mode to be configured. P2P PS parameters are not yet supported.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-25 13:11:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0bf927a03e Use wpa_key_mgmt_*() helpers
This cleans up the source code and makes it less likely that new AKM
addition misses some needed changes in the future.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-24 22:47:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71093e5ea9 WPS: Include WSC IE in (Re)Association Response for maybe-WPS case
If the station is indicating use of WPS, WSC IE should be added into the
(Re)Association Response frame. This is clear for the case when WSC IE
was included in the (Re)Association Request frame. However, even the
WLAN_STA_MAYBE_WPS case may actually indicate use of WPS. Assume that to
be the case when WPA/WPA2 is enabled (i.e., when the STA does not
include WPA/RSN/WSC IE while AP has WPA/RSN enabled).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-24 22:05:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1323ee314e Move wpa_sm_remove_pmkid() call to PMKSA cache entry freeing
This makes it clearer that the PMKSA caching entry gets removed from
the driver regardless of how the internal entry from wpa_supplicant
gets cleared. In practice, this call was skipped only for the case
when the entry for the current AP was being updated, so the previous
version was likely to work with all drivers. Anyway, it is cleaner
to explicitly remove the old entry even in that case before the new
entry gets added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-20 12:53:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bf689a409f Fix wired EAPOL authenticator
Commit 940a0ce970 moved the STA associated
check from driver_*.c into ieee802_1x_receive(), but failed to take into
account that wired networks and driver_wired.c do not mark the STA entry
associated. Fix this by skipping the check if the driver wrapper is
using a wired network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-20 12:42:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d5cbee412c Avoid possible compiler warning in os_gmtime()
Use time_t instead of os_time_t variable with the gmtime() call to
avoid possible compiler warnings.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-20 12:19:28 +02:00
Johannes Berg
88df0ef74f nl80211: Set offchannel-OK selectively
It's not really valid to send off-channel in all cases,
so pass whether it should be allowed or not and don't
set it in the AP case.

Also, to get the right ifindex for hostapd, pass a bss
pointer instead of the drv pointer.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 19:56:34 +02:00
Johannes Berg
221a59c9b6 nl80211: Move preq NL handle into BSS
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ddc5327139 nl80211: Add no_ack support for NL80211_CMD_FRAME
This is needed to allow no-ACK operation with Probe Response frames
in P2P Listen state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-19 19:32:05 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
fab2533604 nl80211: Implement noack policy for send_mlme
Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-11-19 19:22:13 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
9a898ee879 Avoid excessive probe response retries
Some client implementations only wait a few ms after sending a probe
request while scanning. Since probe responses are always sent at a low
rate this can eat quite some airtime and it might be impossible to get
the frame out before the client leaves the channel again. If the client
leaves before all probe reponses where acked this can cause the probe
reponse to be retried quite often consuming even more airtime.

Hence, add a new noack flag to the driver's send_mlme callback that
allows hostapd to request whether the driver should expect an ACK for
this frame or not.

Use the new noack-policy only for broadcast probe requests that contain
a wildcard SSID.

Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-11-19 19:09:49 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
8cfa3527e1 Allow MLME frames to be sent without expecting an ACK (no retries)
In some situations it might be benefical to send a unicast frame without
the need for getting it ACKed (probe responses for example). In order to
achieve this add a new noack parameter to the drivers send_mlme callback
that can be used to advise the driver to not wait for an ACK for this
frame.

Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-11-19 19:02:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5419d6afed EAP-pwd: Remove struct eap_pwd_hdr
This structure was not really used for anything apart from figuring out
length of the EAP-pwd header (and even that in a way that would not work
with fragmentation). Since the bitfields in the structure could have
been problematic depending on target endianness, remove this unnecessary
structure.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-19 16:52:52 +02:00
Dan Harkins
e547e071e1 EAP-pwd: Fix zero-padding of input to H()
Another niceness of OpenSSL is that if the high-order bit of a 521-bit
big num is not set then BN_bn2bin() will just return 65 bytes instead of
66 bytes with the 1st (big endian, after all) being all zero. When this
happens the wrong number of octets are mixed into function H(). So
there's a whole bunch of "offset" computations and BN_bn2bin() dumps the
big number into a buffer + offset. That should be obvious in the patch
too.
2011-11-19 16:47:25 +02:00
Dan Harkins
18f5f3de03 EAP-pwd: Fix KDF for group 21
The previous EAP-pwd KDF implemented has an issue with group 21, that is
an elliptic curve group based on a 521 bit prime. 521 is not an even
multiple of 8, and therein lies the problem.

OpenSSL's BN library interprets a string of bits as in big-endian format
so all the calls of BN_bin2bn() will take the binary blob of bits and
turn it into a big number in big-endian format. In the EAP-pwd KDF, I am
stretching the key to "primebitlen". When that is not an even multiple
of 8 I have to mask off the excess. But I was masking off the excess
bits in the 1st octet (big endian after all) but that isn't right. The
KDF produces a string of endian-less bits. The 521st bit is the first
bit in the last octet, not the 7th bit in the first octet. So that has
been fixed and you can see in the attached diff what I'm doing.
2011-11-19 16:43:49 +02:00
Johannes Berg
397188521d nl80211: Support in-kernel station poll
If the kernel supports this, don't use manual null
data frame transmissions. This is one thing to get
rid of cooked monitor interfaces.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 14:23:46 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d12dab4c6f nl80211: Use non-receiving socket for EAPOL TX
The non-monitor TX currently uses a normal L2 abstraction
socket, but that will also receive frames we don't want,
so use a plain socket that isn't bound for RX. This might
be possible using the L2 abstraction, but we need a plain
socket later for getting TX status events here.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 14:00:53 +02:00
Johannes Berg
61cbe2ffd8 nl80211: Use device AP SME capability
This changes the auto-detection of whether or not the device contains
the AP SME away from monitor interface addition failing to the explicit
attribute in nl80211. Keep the old auto-detection for a little while so
that ath6kl isn't broken right away.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 13:42:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a5257bbc9 nl80211: Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-19 13:40:07 +02:00
Johannes Berg
dd840f793c AP: Add explicit EAPOL TX status event
The new event can be used when EAPOL TX status can't be reported as a
complete 802.11 frame but is instead reported as just the EAPOL data as
originally passed to hapd_send_eapol().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 13:00:30 +02:00
Maciej Szmigiero
6589774746 OpenSSL: Read certificate chain from server_cert file
Currently OpenSSL implementation of TLS in hostapd loads only top
certificate in server certificate file. Change this to try to the
whole chain first and only if that fails, revert to old behavior.

Signed-off-by: Maciej Szmigiero <mhej@o2.pl>
2011-11-19 12:06:59 +02:00
Jithu Jance
57ebba598d nl80211: Implement shared_freq
This patch implements shared_freq handler for driver_nl80211.c. If a
"p2p_group_add" happens after legacy STA association, then this patch
will help to start the GO on the same frequency. This is useful when
supplicant is started on multiple interface running over a singly "PHY"
and the station interface is not used for the P2P device operations.

For example, wpa_supplicant -iwlan0 ..  -N -iwlan1 ... and wlan0 is used
for station connection and wlan1 as the P2P device interface.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-11-19 11:23:49 +02:00
Ben Greear
3b7ea88047 nl80211: Make MLME failure messages unique
Without this, it is impossible to tell exactly which
MLME code returned the error.

Also, convert to wpa_dbg so that we get device names
in the messages.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-11-18 23:41:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
eb916eb899 P2P: Clear WPS method when GO negotiation fails
When GO negotation fails the WPS method is currently not cleared, which
can result in GO negotiation being resumed when a GO negotiation request
frame is received from the peer. That is unexpected as locally we
already gave up.

This manifests itself in getting

1319574733.955685: wlan0: P2P-GO-NEG-FAILURE status=-1
1319574733.955723: P2P: Removing pending group interface p2p-wlan0-0
...
1319574736.648378: wlan0: P2P: Starting GO Negotiation with previously
authorized peer
...
1319574736.650115: wlan0: P2P: Sending GO Negotiation Response
...
1319574736.988038: wlan0: P2P-GO-NEG-SUCCESS
1319574736.988233: P2P: No pending group interface
1319574736.988268: P2P: Create a new interface p2p-wlan0-1 for the group

Clear the WPS method to avoid this situation. I wasn't
able to test this though, but given the log I can only
assume this is how the situation happened.

Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-18 23:34:53 +02:00
Dan Williams
98ac6763ff nl80211: Fix UNSPEC signal quality reporting
r->level got assigned so it's clearly not INVALID; instead
r->qual should be invalid.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2011-11-18 23:23:45 +02:00
Jithu Jance
5cfda25e44 P2P: Indicate GO Negotiation failure on peer expiration
If P2P device expires while a GO Negotiation is in progress, currently
p2p->go_neg_peer is cleared without indicating GO Nego failure. This
will result in pending group interfaces to be left over. This patch will
indicate GO Negotiation failure and will remove any pending group
interfaces.

This patch addresses a corner case in GO-Negotiation case. Consider the
scenario where two devices A and B are in discovery stage and Device B
vanishes [moves out of range] when a connect is issued on the Device A.
Then Device A keeps on retrying the GO Negotiation Request till the
retry limit is reached. On reaching retry limit, the pending group
interface is removed. But suppose if the peer entry in the device list
expires before the retry limit is reached, then pending group interface
was not removed.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-11-18 23:13:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e159cc5e9b Use NULL instead of 0 for pointers
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-18 22:07:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b5472a450f P2P: Fix collection of member-in-group information for peer entries
Invalid use of memcpy instead of memcmp in comparison resulted in the
GO interface address getting set incorrectly if the GO did not show up
in scan results anymore.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-18 21:58:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19df9b0761 Mark local functions static
These functions are not used outside the file in which they are defined.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-18 21:53:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
373f6c7211 Include wpa_auth_glue.h to verify function prototypes
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-18 21:53:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da4419c6db Include list.h after trace.h to avoid offsetof refinition
trace.h may end up including system header files that define offsetof,
so include the compatibility definition from list.h only after this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-18 21:43:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a40e9d3e3d Remove incorrect le16 type cast
HT_INFO_OPERATION_MODE_OP_MODE_MASK is used with variables in host
byte order, so it should not be claimed as le16.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-18 21:39:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4740d5b9d9 Fix the debug message in the previous commit
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-17 23:05:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d442affb6 Set Secure=1 for EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 in WPA conditional on 2/4
This is a workaround for Windows 7 supplicant rejecting WPA msg 3/4
in case it used Secure=1 in msg 2/4. This can happen, e.g., when
rekeying PTK after EAPOL-Key Error Request (Michael MIC failure)
from the supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-17 22:59:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9447a94c0 Use a single define for maximum number of EAP methods
This cleans up the code a bit by not having to deal with theoretical
possibility of maximum number of EAP methods to be different between
various components in hostapd.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-17 20:06:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68a0f6d768 WPS: Use strdup to initialize dev_password for PBC
Some static analyzers complain about memset with '0' value. This was
used correctly here, but since use of strdup is about as good an option,
use that to silence the invalid warnings.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-17 19:58:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bfbc4284a8 Avoid 0-length memmove from buffer end to keep static analyzers happier
This avoid incorrect errors from some static analyzers that do not like
memmove with pointers just after the end of a buffer even if the number
of bytes to move is zero.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-17 19:54:26 +02:00
Johannes Berg
335d42b1a6 nl80211: Get rid of family/cache objects
All we really need is the family ID, and we can
get that with genl_ctrl_resolve() and then don't
need to worry about family/cache objects.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-16 16:42:49 +02:00
Johannes Berg
38dcca9ab0 P2P: Deal with a peer associating while connected
If a P2P client associates with the group while it is
already associated, two member entries may be added to
the group which also confuses num_members counting.

Deal with this by removing the existing entry first
before adding a new one.

I think the way Reinette ran into this was due to our
tx_sync implementation in iwlagn, mac80211 might have
queued two association frames thinking the first one
just failed, but both only went out after the sync was
really successful (which tx_sync doesn't wait for).

Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-16 16:36:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
39185dfa54 P2P: Wait until ongoing scan completes before starting P2P find
The P2P_FIND command was failing if it was issued at the moment when
a scan operation was in progress. Avoid returning failure in this
case by scheduling the P2P find to start once the ongoing scan is
completed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-15 21:28:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
545cfc4bf3 WEXT: Use linux/wireless.h instead of wireless_copy.h
WEXT is not really changing anymore and more or less all Linux
distros come with linux/wireless.h that is recent enough to
allow the driver wrappers to be build.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-15 20:03:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
16476dd124 Fix P2P IE configuration for GO mode
Commit c2ff13c533 broke this with a
copy-paste typo that ended up adding the Probe Request P2P IE into the
Beacon frame (i.e., Beacon frame had two P2P IEs while Probe Response
had none).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-14 16:10:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f2e2e369b Make crypto_hash_init() easier for static analyzers
Avoid zero-length memset at the end of the buffer. This is not really
needed, but it makes the code a bit easier for static analyzers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 23:24:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
911e10eac6 Make crypto_hash_init() easier for static analyzers
Avoid zero-length memset at the end of the buffer. This is not really
needed, but it makes the code a bit easier for static analyzers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 23:19:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
16cc7a4304 Make radius_msg_add_attr_user_password() easier for static analyzers
Explicitly validate data_len so that static analyzers do not get
confused about the padlen validation. This is not really needed, but it
makes the code a bit easier for static analyzers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 23:14:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9ea17491a Make fips186_2_prf() easier for static analyzers
Explicitly validate seed_len to skip memset call with zero length
of copied data at the end of the buffer. This is not really needed,
but it makes the code a bit easier for static analyzers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 22:59:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7adc3c1296 Make phase2_method initialization easier for static analyzers
data->phase2_method cannot really be NULL if
eap_fast_init_phase2_method() returns success, but this construction
seems to be too difficult for some static analyzers. While this change
is not really needed in practice, it makes it easier to go through
warnings from such analyzers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 22:47:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c8a333b54 Make time_adv use easier for static analyzers
hapd->time_adv cannot really be NULL if hostapd_update_time_adv()
returns success, but this construction seems to be too difficult
for some static analyzers. While this change is not really needed
in practice, it makes it easier to go through warnings from such
analyzers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 22:45:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5c696adb4 nl80211: Verify that global driver pointer is not NULL
driver_nl80211.c assumes that global driver pointer is set, so better
make this more consistent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 22:39:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99c01af9aa P2P: Verify that assoc req IEs are available for group update
Do not call p2p_group_notif_assoc() if the driver did not return
IEs from the association request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 22:33:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a17539ebcd Remove unnecessary include file inclusion
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 22:13:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ec64015f5 Use shared SHA-256 define for the block size
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 21:43:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f6400ed19 Make sha256_process() easier for static analyzers
md->curlen cannot indicate full buffer size here since the buffered
data is processed whenever the full block size of data is available.
Avoid invalid warnings from static analyzers on memcpy() outside the
buffer length by verifying that curlen is smaller than block size.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 21:36:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94a9ebb0b2 TLS: Fix double-free on error path
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 20:57:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d77a392c7 Use a pre-processor macro to simplify event_to_string()
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 19:06:37 +02:00
Ben Greear
6c3771d7d5 Print human readable driver event names
This makes it easier to understand the event related logs.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-11-13 19:01:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aea855d752 Move wpa_scan_results_free() into shared C file
Replace the inline helper function with a new C file that can be used
for common driver API related function.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 18:56:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3724ddc0c1 PEAP: Verify peap_prfplus() result
This function can fail in theory since the SHA-1 functions are
allowed to return an error. While this does not really happen in
practice (we would not get this far if SHA-1 does not work), it is
cleaner to include the error handling here to keep static analyzers
happier. [Bug 421]

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 11:29:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6c8df695c Remove station functionality from hostap and madwifi driver wrappers
This has been obsoleted by the more generic Linux WEXT (driver_wext.c)
support. The hostap and madwifi driver wrappers can now be used only
with hostapd. The old station interface remains available in releases up
to 1.x.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 11:14:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3962b65858 Remove unmaintained driver wrappers
The driver wrappers broadcom, iphone, osx, and ralink have not been
maintained for a while and it does not look like they will be in the
future either. As such, remove them from the development branch. The
previous versions will be included in older releases up to 1.x.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 10:57:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbdcfa3979 TLS: Add preliminary support for partial message processing
Reassemble partial TLS records to make the internal TLS client
implementation more convenient for stream sockets.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 10:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
613522a40a TLS: Fix block cipher padding validation
The padding validation was done on the last padding-length octets in the
buffer which misses the first padding octet (the last octet is the
padding length). Fix the starting offset for the comparison loop to get
the first octet verified. [Bug 420]

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-13 10:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4a3480826 TLS: Clean up TLS record layer processing
Return number of user input bytes from tlsv1_record_receive() to
move this detail into the proper record layer processing. In addition,
ignore unknown content types at record layer and allow processing to
continue after warning level TLS alerts to provide minimal workaround
for closure alerts.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-05 13:04:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
edc95487aa Add random.c into libcrypto.a
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-05 13:02:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae055af4f7 Move AP events for STA connected/disconnected into one function
Instead of trying to remember to add wpa_msg() calls for every possible
path where a STA becomes authorized or unauthorized, use
ap_sta_set_authorized() to send these events more consistently.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-03 22:17:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ec1e9020f Fix some recent wpa_msg() calls in hostapd use correct context
wpa_msg() has to use hapd->msg_ctx instead of hapd as the context
pointer to work properly in wpa_supplicant AP mode.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-03 22:04:17 +02:00
Nicolas Cavallari
6caaae1e48 hostapd: Send an event when an inactive station is removed
Currently, there is no events over the control interface
when a AP disconnects a station due to inactivity.  With
this patch, an "AP-STA-DISCONNECTED" event will be sent.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <nicolas.cavallari@lri.fr>
2011-11-03 21:58:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
39e7d718f6 ndis: Work around lack of C99 designated initializers in MSVC
Use a driver_ndis.c specific initialization function to fill in the
wpa_driver_ops information to make it easier to modify struct
wpa_driver_ops in the future. Being able to build driver_ndis.c
with MSVC was the only reason for having to maintain the same order
of function pointers in struct wpa_driver_ops and for having to
update driver_ndis.c for all changes in that structure.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-03 18:45:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d33ce0d5b5 Include time.h to fix Windows builds
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-03 18:00:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
75b51fde2d Update version number to 2.0-devel
hostap.git is now a development branch for 2.0 with 1.x releases
having been forked to hostap-1.git.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-03 12:19:44 +02:00
Yoni Divinsky
9354e59480 Configure new GTK/IGTK to driver in case of TKIP countermeasures
The GTK is renewed in the hostapd after a MIC attack dissassociation
without informing the driver, causing decryption failures. This patch
sends the new GTK/IGTK to the driver after it is updated by the hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
2011-10-30 22:19:49 +02:00
Olivier Sobrie
6f75536fc9 WPS: Send the credential when learning AP params in registrar role
When the supplicant acts as a registrar to learn the access point
parameters send the credentials to the wpa_cli interface after
receiving the 7th message. This is needed for proper behavior with
wps_cred_processing set to 1 or 2.

Without this patch, after the 7th message you got the WPS-CRED-RECEIVED
notification without the credentials. This was because the cred_attr and
cred_attr_len were not filled in in the wps structure.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
2011-10-30 22:10:40 +02:00
Pavel Roskin
9339bd5cd2 random: Improve error messages about writing to entropy file 2011-10-30 21:50:22 +02:00
Gary Morain
577db0aedd Prefer 5 GHz networks over 2.4 GHz networks
In scan.c, merge a channel's noise value into the scan results. When
comparing scan results, compute the signal-to-noise ratio and use it
when available. Prefer a 5 GHz network if its SNR is really big (> 30)
or if its SNR is relatively close to the other network's.
2011-10-30 21:08:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fbc72d32c6 Ignore Michael MIC failure reports if cipher is not TKIP
Some stations have been reported to send EAPOL-Key Error Reports
indicating Michael MIC failures even when the cipher is not TKIP
(e.g., when the network is using only CCMP). Ignore such reports
to avoid starting TKIP countermeasures unnecessarily. This can
prevent certaint types of denial of service attacks by insiders,
but mostly this is to work around invalid station implementations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-30 12:53:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec02780529 Move Michael MIC error report processing into separate function
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-30 12:53:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01a1749156 Fix TKIP countermeasures stopping in deinit paths
The eloop timeout to stop TKIP countermeasures has to be canceled
on deinit path to avoid leaving bogus timeouts behind.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-30 12:53:20 +02:00
Dan Williams
81c57e221d Add wpa_supplicant_ctrl_req_from_string()
Converts from a string to a control request enum when input
from a control interface is received. Will be used by a
subsequent patch.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2011-10-30 12:04:24 +02:00
Dan Williams
9ef1aaae24 Use an enum for EAP SM requests
Control requests will be extended for non-EAP uses later, so it makes
sense to have them be generic. Furthermore, having them defined as an
enum is easier for processing internally, and more generic for control
interfaces that may not use field names. The public ctrl_req_type /
field_name conversion function will be used later by the D-Bus control
interface too.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2011-10-30 12:04:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af72d17e72 EAP-TTLS peer: Fix user input during implicit identity request
Special processing is needed to handle EAP user request for
identity or password at the beginning of Phase 2 when the implicit
identity request is used. data->pending_phase2_req needs to be set
to an empty buffer in that case to avoid re-processing the previous
part of TLS negotiation when the user enters the needed information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-30 12:02:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3af99d202 nl80211: Disable IEEE 802.11b rates only for P2P iftypes
Instead of hardcoding IEEE 802.11b rates to be disabled whenever
P2P support is built in and supported by the driver, do this only
when an interface is set to P2P mode (both when adding a new
interface and when changing the interface mode). This re-enables
use of IEEE 802.11b APs with CONFIG_P2P=y builds.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 22:46:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97bcd562eb Remove disable_11b_rates() driver_ops
This function was used unconditionally if wpa_supplicant build
includes CONFIG_P2P=y. Adding a separate driver_ops for such use
is not really useful since the driver wrappers can do the same
internally. Remove this driver_ops and move matching functionality
into driver_nl80211.c which was the only driver wrapper using
this driver_ops callback.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 22:25:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1dea5882be nl80211: Fix re-enabling of 802.11b rates
nl80211_disable_11b_rates() function was supposed to use the 'disabled'
parameter to figure out whether to disable or re-enable 802.11b rates.
In addition, the driver deinit path was now ending up re-disabling the
enabled rates at the end of the deinit operations when the interface
type was forced back to station. Both of these issues are now fixed
and the 2.4 GHz band TX rate index is cleared properly when
wpa_supplicant is stopped.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 22:12:26 +03:00
Eliad Peller
083590503b nl80211: disable_11b_rates on interface mode change
disable_11b_rates() is called on interface addition,
but not on interface type change, resulting in 11b rates
enabled on p2p interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-10-29 22:00:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b106173a82 Add no_cck parameter for send_action() driver_ops
This can be used to apply the no-CCK rule conditionally depending on
which frame is being sent. The no-CCK rule applies only for P2P
management frames while SA Query and FT use cases do not have similar
restrictions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 21:49:46 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
970fa12ea2 nl80211: Add support to disable CCK rate for P2P frames
Add a new attribute to specify whether to use CCK rate or not during
scan and sending management frames. This helps to send P2P probes
at non-CCK rate. This ensures that P2P probe request/response/action
frames are always sent at non-CCK rates.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-10-29 21:23:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
451c367d06 Remove unused valid_bss_mask driver_ops 2011-10-29 11:34:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
735f652237 Remove unconfigurable cts_protection_type
This was included in the AP configuration parameters, but there has
been no way to set it to anything else than the default automatic
mode. Remove this parameter and just hardcode ERP determination to
follow the automatic mode.
2011-10-29 11:24:53 +03:00
Evan Broder
c48183fca2 For MS-CHAP, convert the password from UTF-8 to UCS-2
The MS-CHAPv1 and MS-CHAPv2 RFCs specify that the password is a string
of "Unicode characters", which for Windows means UCS-2; thus the
password could be any even-length string of up to 512 bytes.

Instead of making the incompatible change of requiring the incoming
password to be UCS-2 encoded, assume the password is UTF-8 encoded and
convert it before using it in NtPasswordHash and
EncryptPwBlockWithPasswordHash.

Signed-off-by: Evan Broder <ebroder@mokafive.com>
2011-10-29 00:23:54 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6604da3cf0 dl_list: Add DEFINE_DL_LIST
This allows statically defining an empty initialised list.
2011-10-28 23:03:13 +03:00
Jithu Jance
3074d8f12d P2P: Notify device expiry via P2P-DEVICE-LOST event
This patch will notify applications listening over control socket about
the device expiry [from p2p peer list].
2011-10-28 22:13:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
59d249255c nl80211: Ignore netlink interface down if interface is up
The netlink event processing is delayed since they are only returned
after control returns to eloop. This can result in netlink down events
being processed at a point when the interface has is actually still
there (the first event on new interface is down) and that can result in
odd behavior especially when the resulting interface-disabled event is
delivered to AP mode interface with wpa_supplicant.

Work around this by filtering netlink down events if the matching
interface is up at the time the netlink event is processed. This fixes
an issue brought up by commit 36d84860bb.
2011-10-28 21:08:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d28b43f66f Fix WPA authenticator configuration to not leave uninitialized fields
hostapd_wpa_auth_conf() is called on uninitialized memory and the
conditional blocks in this function may leave some fields into
uninitialized state. This can result in unexpected behavior elsewhere
since some of the variables may be used without matching #ifdef
blocks. Fix this by zeroing the memory.
2011-10-28 12:13:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
08f6ab76a5 TDLS: Do not clear peer data too early for teardown
TPK will be needed to be able to generate FTIE MIC for the
teardown message, so maintain peer data for a bit longer in
case the teardown FTIE request comes back from the driver.
2011-10-27 23:15:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c581201493 TDLS: Disable link on various error cases
This is needed to be able to return back to AP path on error cases.
2011-10-27 23:13:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
db9af0da70 TDLS: Disable previous link to fix renegotiation 2011-10-27 23:13:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da30c93ab1 TDLS: Fix concurrent initialization test code
Must not use data from peer TDLS Setup Request if the concurrent
initialization from us is supposed to be the one that gets completed.
2011-10-27 23:12:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca03378b27 TDLS: Fix teardown on renegotiation
Need to disable the link when receiving TDLS Setup Request from a
peer with which a direct link has already been set up.
2011-10-27 23:10:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5c1c940f1d TDLS: Fix long frame test for teardown 2011-10-27 23:09:23 +03:00
Jay Katabathuni
1d21e9dd5a Interworking: Fix Advertisement Protocol element length limit
The Query Response Length Limit is not allowed to be zero when
this is sent by the AP. Use 0x7F to indicate that the limit is
based on maximum number of GAS fragments.
2011-10-25 11:31:21 +03:00
Jithu Jance
c9aab27406 P2P: Append P2P Device Address to AP-STA-CONNECTED event
For P2P, the p2p_connect takes in device address argument to make a
connection. However the connected event AP-STA-CONNECTED comes with
interface address. The application listening on events would find it
difficult to map interface address to the p2p device address which is
provided for connection.

Append P2P Device Address to AP-STA-CONNECTED event for P2P Client
connection. This will help applications to easily map the P2P Interface
Address to P2P Device Address on CONNECTED event. For non-P2P case, it
will just print the usual STA MAC address alone.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-10-25 00:13:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
acc247b260 P2P: Advertise Persistent Reconnect group capability
The persistent_reconnect configuration parameter was used to decide
whether to accept invitation to re-establish a persistent group.
However, this was not being advertised in the Group Capability bitmap.
Add the Persistent Reconnect bit based on this configuration to GO
Negotiation frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames from the GO.
2011-10-24 17:29:37 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
ccc12d7841 TDLS: Make use of wpa_tdls_add_peer to avoid code duplication
Use the wpa_tdls_add_peer function to allocate TDLS peer structures.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:20:58 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
2d565a61f2 TDLS: Support mgmt-frame Tx for ctrl-iface operations
Use capability information to decide whether to perform a given TDLS
operation internally or through mgmt-frame Tx.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:20:43 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
45b722f150 TDLS: Add peer as a STA during link setup
Before commencing setup, add a new STA entry to the driver representing
the peer. Later during setup, update the STA entry using information
received from the peer.

Extend sta_add() callback for adding/modifying a TDLS peer entry and
connect it to the TDLS state machine. Implement this callback for the
nl80211 driver and send peer information to kernel.

Mark TDLS peer entries with a new flag and translate it to a
corresponding nl80211 flag in the nl80211 driver.

In addition, correct TDLS related documentation in the wpa_driver_ops
structure.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:19:35 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
979bcccf64 TDLS: Collect peer capabilities and supp-rates during link setup
Record the capabilities and supported rates of the TDLS peer during
link setup. These are given in the IEs passed in Setup Request and
Setup Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:19:13 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
8f15f711c5 TDLS: Implement low-ack event for lost TDLS peers
Disable the direct connection when a TDLS peer stops responding
to packets, as indicated by the "LOW ACK" event coming from a driver.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:19:08 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
7a1486cd31 TDLS: Support sending TDLS discovery requests
Allow sending a TDLS discovery request as a frame through the driver.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:19:05 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
7de27409a2 TDLS: Support sending a teardown frame from usermode
When a driver does not implement the TDLS_TEARDOWN operation internally,
send an explicit TDLS link teardown frame to the driver.

Change all teardown calls to use these calling semantics.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:18:49 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
35287637cc TDLS/nl80211: Support receiving TDLS discovery response frames
Register for the TDLS discovery response public action frame in nl80211.
Print out a debug message when a Discovery Resp frame is received and
validated.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:18:35 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
4d0d6b37f9 TDLS: Process discovery requests and send discovery responses
When a discovery request is received, add the peer to the TDLS peer
cache and send a response containing minimal data. Mandatory IEs in
the discovery response frame will be filled out by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:18:27 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
c58ab8f249 TDLS: Get TDLS related capabilities from driver
Put glue code in place to propagate TDLS related driver capabilities to
the TDLS state machine.

If the driver doesn't support capabilities, assume TDLS is supported
internally.

When TDLS is explicitly not supported, disable all user facing TDLS
operations.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:15:15 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
03ea178603 nl80211: Implement TDLS callback functions and propagate capabilities
Allow passing high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames to kernel
via new nl80211 commands.

Propagate TDLS related nl80211 capability flags from kernel and add them
as driver capability flags.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:15:05 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
568526f1ea TDLS: Use a valid dialog-token in a setup request
A zero dialog-token is considered invalid by IEEE Std 802.11z-2010.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:14:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c66e18511 nl80211: Handle special TDLS direct link key index use
An ugly hack is currently used to indicate keys for TDLS direct link:
key_idx == -1. That needs to be converted to 0 for cfg80211 to accept
the key.
2011-10-23 22:14:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
33d8a77a39 Remove incorrect statement about get_hw_feature_data() driver_ops
This function is actually needed for quite a bit more than just
user space MLME implementation. The old comment here has not been
accurate for a long time, so get rid of it.
2011-10-23 20:09:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
edc3a7c414 Remove unused driver_ops client MLME functions
These driver_ops functions set_channel, set_ssid, set_bssid,
mlme_add_sta, and mlme_remove_sta were used with the user space
MLME implementation in wpa_supplicant. That was only for testing
purposes and was removed, but these driver_ops were forgotten.
Remove them now to remove confusing driver_ops definitions.
2011-10-23 20:07:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e3b473eb4e Allow driver wrappers to indicate whether HT info is known
This is needed to be able to figure out whether the driver is known
not to support HT.
2011-10-23 17:21:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3803bd331d TLS: Validate RSA ClientKeyExchange length field
Instead of using implicit length based on the received buffer, validate
RSA ClientKeyExchange based on the explicit length field.
2011-10-23 13:04:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46eeedac61 Remove unused variables 2011-10-23 12:42:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2683690d91 Fix hostapd_wpa_auth_send_ether() return value
This was not currently used for anything, but better return the correct
value instead of hardcoded -1.
2011-10-23 12:33:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fe4c43ce95 Remove unused variable from os_gmtime() 2011-10-23 12:22:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd2df8921b nl80211: Remove some unnecessary ifdef HOSTAPD blocks 2011-10-22 22:51:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17fbb751e1 Remove user space client MLME
This code was used only with driver_test.c to allow MLME operations
in hostapd to be tested without having to use a real radio. There
are no plans on extending this to any other use than testing and
mac80211_hwsim has now obsoled the need for this type of testing.
As such, we can drop this code from wpa_supplicant to clean up the
implementation of unnecessary complexity.
2011-10-22 22:45:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e0e6902a2 Share a single wpa_scan_results_free() implementation
There is not really a very good location for this anywhere, but the
function is small enough to live as an inline function for now.
2011-10-22 22:09:40 +03:00
Andrii Bordunov
d01b205378 Remove unused variable and function 2011-10-22 21:59:17 +03:00
Ben Greear
f935bd4dc5 Fix typo in comment related to EAPOL
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-10-22 21:41:09 +03:00
Ben Greear
c81eff1a61 nl80211: Use one global ioctl socket
Saves sockets when using multiple VIFS in a single
wpa_supplicant process.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-10-22 21:39:42 +03:00
Ben Greear
276e2d671c nl80211: Use a global netlink command object
Netlink sockets can be shared among all driver instances, saving
sockets and memory when using multiple interfaces in a single process.
2011-10-22 20:06:32 +03:00
Ben Greear
2a7b66f574 nl80211: Use global nl_cb template
All interfaces can share a single nl_cb template.
2011-10-22 20:06:30 +03:00
Ben Greear
dac12351d8 nl80211: Clean up error path in wpa_driver_nl80211_init
No need to duplicate the deinit code since wpa_driver_nl80211_deinit()
can be used here to clean up after a failure.
2011-10-22 18:28:06 +03:00
Johannes Berg
a92dfde818 nl80211: Abstract handle/cache (de)allocation
This is a cleanup now and makes it easier to add more sockets in the
future.
2011-10-22 16:56:43 +03:00
Johannes Berg
7635bfb071 nl80211: Fix hostapd error path
i802_init() tries to clean up everything manually, call
wpa_driver_nl80211_deinit() instead and also handle the
EAPOL socket properly.
2011-10-22 13:04:47 +03:00
Ben Greear
36d84860bb nl80211: Use global netlink rtm event object
Netlink sockets can be shared among all driver instances, saving lots
of sockets, spurious log messages, memory, and CPU usage when using
multiple interfaces in a single process.
2011-10-22 12:39:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b24282a17 hostapd: Call global_init/global_deinit driver_ops
Now both wpa_supplicant and hostapd allow the driver wrappers to use the
global context similarly.
2011-10-22 12:22:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9fb0407055 nl80211: Use a wrapper for genlmsg_put
This reduces the code size by a kilobyte or so and makes it easier
to replace the netlink instances to be shared among interfaces.
2011-10-22 11:29:03 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
bd43938102 wext: Do not set SSID on disconnect on Android
Some drivers seem to try to associate using the random SSID, so
do not use this hack on Android.
2011-10-21 19:11:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
724950836f wext: Clean up the disconnect BSSID/SSID clearing 2011-10-21 19:09:25 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
8f5b9aa19a Set ANDROID_LOG_NAME depending on application
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-10-21 18:59:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bdc4c18e0a wext: Remove trailing whitespace 2011-10-21 18:58:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
122ba57936 Interworking: Filter Probe Request frames based on HESSID and ANT
Do not reply to Interworking-enabled Probe Request frames if they
request mismatching HESSID or ANT.
2011-10-21 12:43:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
538958ae9c Interworking: Add Interworking element to IE parser 2011-10-21 12:43:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16991cffd6 Interworking: Include Access Network Type in set_ap() driver_ops
This may be needed for drivers that process Probe Request frames
internally.
2011-10-21 12:12:36 +03:00
Johannes Berg
e8b5e24e04 nl80211: Clean up capability querying
There's no need to store everything once and then copy it. Just fill the
capa struct directly in the function that parses the info from nl80211.
2011-10-20 21:57:32 +03:00
Johannes Berg
9b90955ec7 AP: Pass only bssid/addr/wds to EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN 2011-10-20 21:51:32 +03:00
Johannes Berg
9236ba4cb5 Move get_hdr_bssid() to make it easier to share for other uses 2011-10-20 21:50:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e8183d714 nl80211: Stop more quickly on initialization errors
Stop on fatal errors like an attempt to use a non-existing interface or
not have root privileges to avoid producing confusing error messages.
2011-10-20 21:36:36 +03:00
Johannes Berg
40442f5b48 nl80211: Compat code for genl_ctrl_alloc_cache
It's really a waste of bits to duplicate the code for
genl_ctrl_alloc_cache() again and again -- just add a
wrapper like in iw.
2011-10-20 21:08:26 +03:00
Johannes Berg
bcf24348ed AP: Do station poll in driver wrapper
This offloads the station polling to driver wrappers, which may offload
it again to the driver. The hostap driver wrapper uses "real" data
frames while nl80211 uses null data frames.

Also add a specific event to indicate that a poll was successful for
future use with the nl80211 driver.
2011-10-20 21:03:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
180cdf45a4 wext: Increase scan timeout from 5 to 10 seconds
Some dualband cards can use more than five seconds to run through
a full scan, so increase the timeout to avoid hitting the missing
scan completed event workaround.
2011-10-18 23:04:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
54e9c5fc69 EAP: Clear ClientTimeout back to default value in INITIALIZE
This fixes an issue where WPS run leaves a small ClientTimeout
value (2) configured and the next EAPOL authentication is started
with that small value even for Identity exchange. This can cause
problems when an EAPOL packet gets dropped immediately after
association and a retry of that packet is needed (which may take
more than two seconds).
2011-10-18 18:44:35 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
ed3eecd786 Android: Add wpa_ctrl_cleanup()
This function can be used to clean up local UNIX domain socket files
that may be left over from clients that were previously connected to
wpa_supplicant. At least for now, this is only available for Android
builds.
2011-10-18 17:27:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ea08bfe384 netlink: Do not use void pointer for pointer arithmetic
This is a non-standard extension in gcc, so better not depend on it.
2011-10-18 17:00:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
39b97072b2 Add support for Time Advertisement
This adds preliminary support for IEEE 802.11v Time Advertisement
mechanism with UTC TSF offset.
2011-10-18 00:24:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
96b2cb226a Add os_gmtime() as wrapper for gmtime() 2011-10-18 00:23:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b2a77aba2 Interworking: Add support for configuring Roaming Consortium List 2011-10-17 23:55:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c7c178e15e Interworking: Add Advertisement Protocol element
For now, assume that ANQP will always be enabled with Interworking.
This may be made separately configurable in the future.
2011-10-17 23:19:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3c11382b6c Remove set_intra_bss() driver_ops
This has been replaced by the isolate parameter available through
set_ap() calls.
2011-10-17 23:04:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ecff342716 atheros: Add a placeholder function for set_ap() driver_ops 2011-10-17 21:36:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8a33a63f58 Add Interworking configuration in set_ap() driver_ops
Drivers that implement SME/MLME may find it easier to use separated
information to configure Interworking related parameters.
2011-10-17 21:35:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a194b06c81 Add Ext Capab and Interworking elements to extra IEs
These need to be provided to drivers that implement SME/MLME.
2011-10-17 21:30:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
06c4d2472f Move Ext Capab and Interworking element construction into shared file
These needs to be available for drivers that implement SME/MLME.
2011-10-17 21:03:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2ff13c533 Clean up AP mode extra IE construction
Make it easier to add more IEs into the buffers.
2011-10-17 20:55:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6c0575c322 Remove unused function argument 2011-10-17 20:10:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
31357268e5 Move AP BSS configuration parameters into set_ap()
Remove the separate driver_ops functions set_cts_protect(),
set_preamble(), set_short_slot_time(), and set_ht_params(). These
belong into same set of operations as set_ap(), so there is no need
to maintain separate functions that just make the driver wrapper
more complex.

Since these have only been used with driver_nl80211.c, the driver_ops
can be removed immediately instead of maintaining backwards
compatibility period with the old functions.
2011-10-17 19:31:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd13a54180 Deprecate set_intra_bss() driver_ops
The AP client isolation parameter is now available through set_ap().
driver_nl80211.c was the only driver wrapper using the set_intra_bss()
call in hostap.git, but some external trees may have used this. Once
those are cleared, the set_infra_bss() driver_ops can be removed
completely. The only remaining use case for it currently is in P2P
GO mode with wpa_supplicant.
2011-10-17 18:58:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ce0f8b31b Remove unused P2P device discovery hack from Beacon configuration
AP mode operations were used for P2P device discovery Listen state
only during early experiments. This has now been cleaned up and
ieee802_11_set_beacon() is not called for P2P device discovery.
As such, this hack to skip Beacon configuration can be removed.
2011-10-17 18:39:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
062390efd4 Start deprecating various AP mode driver_ops
The preferred way of configuring AP mode will be to use set_ap() instead
of number of separate operations hostapd has collected over the years.
2011-10-17 18:35:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e85b1ed49 atheros: Add debug hexdumps for IE configuration 2011-10-17 17:56:59 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
d4370eac2e Move SA Query mechanism into a file that can be shared more easily
This is the first step in allowing SA Query mechanism in hostapd to be
used with drivers that implement authentication and association MLME/SME
(i.e., do not use ieee802_11.c).
2011-10-17 17:33:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
73c41a8fab Interworking: Parse NAI Realms and match against home realm 2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b02fe7ff32 Interworking: Add commands for network selection
This adds the basic mechanism for running through network selection:
scan, ANQP fetch, network selection, and connection. Actual rules for
network selection and the creation of the network block are still
missing, but will be added in separate commits.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
69fbdfe48d GAS: Export gas_build_initial_resp()
This is needed for some GAS error response messages where the ANQP
Advertisement Protocol element is not used.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
696be77eee Define new IEEE 802.11u status codes 2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
71269b3708 WNM: Add BSS Transition Management Request for ESS Disassoc Imminent
"hostapd_cli ess_disassoc (STA addr) (URL)" can now be used to send
an ESS Dissassociation Imminent notification to the STA. This event
is shown in wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface monitors (e.g., wpa_cli):
"WNM: ESS Disassociation Imminent - session_info_url=http://example.com/session/"
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4fe9fa0d29 nl80211: Register GAS frames for Interworking
The GAS frames are used both with P2P and Interworking, so register
them if CONFIG_INTERWORKING is used without CONFIG_P2P.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46ee0427b1 IEEE 802.11u: Allow Interworking and HESSID to be configured
The new wpa_supplicant.conf file global parameters interworking and
hessid can be used to configure wpa_supplicant to include
Interworking element in Probe Request frames.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b83e3e93c8 IEEE 802.11u: Add configuration and advertisement for Interworking 2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
08a74e6a61 Use a common error handler in hostapd_notif_assoc() 2011-10-16 17:57:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2bb20281cb Clean up IE processing in hostapd_notif_assoc() 2011-10-16 17:49:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa15d405c7 WPS: Fix WPS IE processing
Commit 17f6b90056 moved the concatenation
of WPS IEs, but did not include the validation that the IE buffer is not
NULL. In addition, the concatenation needs to be done based on the full
IE buffer instead of the parsed pointer that includes only a single
WPS IE.
2011-10-16 17:10:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1472d32f72 Remove unused function argument 2011-10-16 14:00:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
619e6726ba base64: Stop decoding at the first sequence of pad characters
The base64 encoded data cannot included pad characters in the middle, so
we can stop the loop at the first sequence of pad characters. If the
sequence includes more than two pad characters, the encoding is invalid
and we can indicate failure.
2011-10-16 12:36:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3b75919fa Fix double free with CONFIG_WPS_STRICT=y
Commit 17f6b90056 extended the use of
the concatenated WPS IE outside the CONFIG_WPS_STRICT block, but
forgot to remove the old wpabuf_free(wps) call.
2011-10-16 12:11:00 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
bd525934e5 nl80211: Add support for sched_scan filtering
Use the SSID filter list passed in the scheduled scan request down to
the kernel driver, so it can use the list to return only the wanted
SSIDs. Some kernel drivers can use this information to offload the
SSID filter to the hardware, helping with reducing the power
consumption.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:14 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
b59e6f267b Add filter support to scheduled scans
Pass SSIDs to be matched in scheduled scan results. Only the SSIDs
that are included in the match lists will be reported by the driver,
so the filtering can be offloaded to the hardware and the power
consumption can be reduced.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:14 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
35b741fdf7 Increase maximum number of SSIDs per scan
With scheduled scan support, we may need to pass more than 10 SSIDs in
a single scan request. Some drivers (e.g., wl12xx) support up to 16
SSIDs at once.

Change WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS from 10 to 16.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:13 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
d21c63b925 nl80211: Add scheduled scan support
This commit adds scheduled scan support in the nl80211 driver.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:13 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
cbdf3507e9 Add scheduled scan driver operations
In new Linux kernel versions (>=3.0), nl80211 adds scheduled scan
capability. In order to use this feature to its full extent, we need
to support it in the wpa_supplicant core, so that it can also be used
by other drivers.

This commit adds initial scheduled scan support operations and events.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1e1a0a4dc9 edit: Fix history prev/next selection
Commit 19ec1f262e tried to fix some
cases for history prev selection, but it broke others. Fix this
properly by using a separate entry for the current edit line that
is not yet in history buffer.
2011-10-15 14:03:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
44dc872ee5 nl80211: Add debug print for channel changes 2011-10-15 13:29:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dcd1eb5be5 Fix some forgotten comments in set_beacon to set_ap change 2011-10-15 13:15:24 +03:00
Jithu Jance
6758b1677a nl80211: Use shorter monitor interface name for P2P GO
Currently the P2P Interface name[p2p-%s-%d] is reset when the P2P
Interface name reaches the "IFNAMSIZ" limit. Monitor interface name is
derived from p2p interface name with the addition of few characters
[mon.p2p-%s-%d] and hence Monitor interface name hits IFNAMSIZ limit
before P2P Interface name. Rename the monitor interface name to
mon-%s-%d to reduce the length to same with p2p-%s-%d.
2011-10-15 13:07:30 +03:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
8666585b9e Disconnect STA when it fails to get added in kernel driver/firmware
Data path for stations that get successfully associated to the
hostapd but fail to get added in the driver/firmware, will not
work. In such cases, hostapd should deauth and disconnect such
stations. In such scenario, hostapd should disconnect the STAs.

Sample output with following patch
wlan0: STA 0c:74:c2:9a:4c:59 IEEE 802.11: authenticated
wlan0: STA 0c:74:c2:9a:4c:59 IEEE 802.11: associated (aid 1)
wlan0: AP-STA-CONNECTED 0c:74:c2:9a:4c:59
wlan0: STA 0c:74:c2:9a:4c:59 IEEE 802.11: Could not add STA to kernel driver
wlan0: STA 0c:74:c2:9a:4c:59 IEEE 802.11: deauthenticated due to local deauth request

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
2011-10-15 12:41:28 +03:00
B. J
5dd80dd661 Fix NT-hash password use with integrated authentication server
The password_hash parameter was not copied in case of the integrated
authentication server (but was for RADIUS server). This broke EAP
authentication when the user entry used NT-hash.
2011-10-15 12:13:27 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
f1afcb391e P2P: Fix wpabuf reuse on p2p_group_notif_noa()
This currently unused function would have triggered wpabuf overflows
due to incorrect variable being reset to zero in the case the old
NoA wpabuf was large enough for the new data.
2011-10-13 01:06:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd8e4fda50 EAPOL auth: Disconnect after IEEE 802.1X failure
The EAPOL authenticator was previously forcing disconnection in the WPS
use case. However, this can be benefitial operation with any IEEE 802.1X
authentication mechanism and need not be limited to WPS. This helps some
use cases like EAP-FAST where provisioning may require two
authentication runs if the authentication server does not allow the PAC
provisioning step to be used for normal data connection. While the
station would be free to decide to re-associate in such a case, not all
stations do and as such, it helps if the AP does that instead of leaving
the association up with EAPOL state machine in HELD state for 60
seconds.
2011-10-12 20:07:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
88dc899a1b EAP-FAST: Allow unprotected EAP-Failure in provisioning case
While EAP-FAST uses protected success notification, RFC 5422, Section
3.5 points out a possibility of EAP-Failure being sent out even after
protected success notification in case of provisioning. Change the
EAP-FAST peer implementation to accept that exception to the protected
success notification. This allows the station to re-connect more quickly
to complete EAP-FAST connection in the case the server rejects the
initial attempt by only allowing it to use to provision a new PAC.
2011-10-12 20:05:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4458d91554 P2P: Do not change SSID during GO negotiation
If GO Negotiation Request (or in theory, also GO Negotiation Response)
frame is delivered multiple time for processing, the SSID of the group
could end up getting changed. This could result in possible issues if
the peer ended up using different SSID. To avoid this, make sure the
SSID does not get changed unless the negotiation is for a new group.
2011-10-11 18:29:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3fea27274 Clear OKC-based PMKSA caching entries if PMK is changed
Whenever PMK gets changed (e.g., due to re-authentication), all PMKSA
caching entries that were created using the previous PMK needs to be
replaced. Previously, only the entry for the current AP was cleared.
Flush the other entries based on network_ctx matches to get rid of the
OKC entries. These entries can then be re-creating using OKC with the
new PMK.
2011-10-02 19:36:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15e2c77d03 Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2011-10-02 13:16:42 +03:00
Johannes Berg
1473f95e98 AP: Use QoS nullfunc for connection poll
When polling a station that has been inactive for a while, hostapd currently
always uses a null data frame. This is a bit strange with uAPSD clients
(though it seems to mostly work) since the EOSP bit can never be set in a
non-QoS frame. Make hostapd use QoS null data frames for probing when the
station is a QoS STA.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-10-01 21:04:11 +03:00
Marek Kwaczynski
ed908a55da P2P: Refresh peer entries on Probe Request RX
Do not expire P2P peer entries if Probe Request frames are received from
them.
2011-10-01 20:40:14 +03:00
Zhi Chen
56aa082a1d WPS: Send AP Settings as a wrapped Credential attribute to ctrl_iface
Wrap self-generated WPS credential for new AP settings and send that to
control interface to provide the needed information in
WPS-NEW-AP-SETTINGS for external processing.
2011-09-30 22:26:37 +03:00
Shan Palanisamy
a52eba0f44 FT: Add driver wrappers for FT with driver-based MLME/SME 2011-09-30 00:05:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c840c33f7 Move GAS/ANQP build routines to a separate file from P2P
GAS/ANQP is a generic protocol and in no way specific to P2P, so move
routines used to build GAS/ANQP frames to a separate file that can be
shared for other uses than just P2P service discovery.
2011-09-29 22:18:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
206e1f422f P2P: Provide mechanism for figuring out p2p_scan_ie() buffer need
The new function, p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(), can be used to figure out
how large a buffer needs to be allocated for p2p_scan_ie() use. This
makes it easier to add new data into the buffer without forcing all
callers to be updated to use a larger buffer.
2011-09-29 22:18:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fc6997b345 P2P: Fix group formation after previous commit
p2p_in_progress() have to ignore P2P_PROVISIONING state to allow
station mode (which includes P2P client) scan to work.
2011-09-29 21:48:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
303f60d39b P2P: Do not request station mode scans during P2P operations
The P2P search mechanism depends on the same scan functionality that
is used for station mode scans. If these operations are being used
at the same time, scan result processing is not handled properly.
Avoid unexpected behavior by delaying station mode scan requests
if a P2P operation is in progress.

Among other things, this allows the station mode connection attempt
to be continued after a P2P find or group formation has been completed
if the interface is available (i.e., when the P2P group uses a
separate virtual interface).
2011-09-29 16:53:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c96fd6d03 P2P: Do not leave P2P scan handler registered if scan fails
If the initial attempt to start a scan for p2p_find fails, an error
is reported. However, the P2P scan handler and search state was
left behind. That can result in unexpected behavior when the next
non-P2P scan results are indicated. Avoid this by clearing the
P2P search state on failure.
2011-09-29 16:52:23 +03:00
Vivek Natarajan
004ba773ce nl80211: Add driver flag for firmware-based BSS selection
This new flag can be used to change wpa_supplicant behavior in the
default ap_scan=1 mode to move BSS selection into the driver (likely
firmware). This commit is only adding the flag; separate commits
will be used to change the actual connection/roaming behavior.
2011-09-26 14:26:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
daa30c23aa Rename and fix ANQP definitions to match IEEE Std 802.11u-2011 2011-09-26 11:51:58 +03:00
Mathieu Olivari
8a8c1c0ea5 atheros: Allow flattened driver include file directories
Remove the full driver path to the driver header file to make it
easier to use common include directory for all driver headers.
2011-09-26 11:49:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd2f2d0489 Remove EAP-TTLSv1 and TLS/IA
These protocols seem to be abandoned: latest IETF drafts have expired
years ago and it does not seem likely that EAP-TTLSv1 would be
deployed. The implementation in hostapd/wpa_supplicant was not complete
and not fully tested. In addition, the TLS/IA functionality was only
available when GnuTLS was used. Since GnuTLS removed this functionality
in 3.0.0, there is no available TLS/IA implementation in the latest
version of any supported TLS library.

Remove the EAP-TTLSv1 and TLS/IA implementation to clean up unwanted
complexity from hostapd and wpa_supplicant. In addition, this removes
any potential use of the GnuTLS extra library.
2011-09-25 21:28:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e655e1f512 GnuTLS: Fix build bit various GnuTLS versions
This fixes some build issues in GnuTLS wrapper to be compatible with
at least following GnuTLS versions: 2.2.5, 2.4.3, 2.6.6, 2.8.6,
2.10.5, 2.12.11, 3.0.3.
2011-09-25 19:32:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5c47af9a7a TLS: Add support for TLS v1.1 (RFC 4346) with internal TLS
This is disabled by defautl and can be enabled with CONFIG_TLSV11=y
build configuration parameter.
2011-09-25 17:24:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3bff59f857 TLS: Do not enforce in-place processing in tlsv1_record_send()
In preparation for record layer format changes, modify
tlsv1_record_send() to use separate buffers for payload
and the output message.
2011-09-25 17:11:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85b7187ffc TLS: Add protection against record layer CBC attacks
Instead of using separate bad_record_mac and decryption_failed alerts,
use only bad_record_mac alert regardless of how the CBC decryption
failed. This provides less information to attackers that could modify
packets. In addition, instead of returning immediately on error, run
through the MAC check to make timing attacks more difficult.
2011-09-25 16:57:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26296a8a7c TLS: Avoid unnecessary copying of encrypted data at record layer
When the received data will be decrypted, there is no need to first
copy it and then handle decryption in-place when decryption step can
take care of both operations.
2011-09-25 16:52:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61f1ed911d TLS: Fix record layer protocol version validation
TLS v1.0 and v1.1 RFCs were not exactly clear on the use of the
protocol version in record later. As such, accept any {03,xx} value
to remain compatible with existing implementations and new protocol
versions.
2011-09-25 16:48:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
54b8f99454 P2P: Fix a race condition in some P2P command sequencies
The p2p->drv_in_listen variable is used to track Listen state operations
in the driver. This is cleared when the driver reports that the Listen
state has ended (p2p_listen_end() gets called). However, it is possible
that the driver does not indicate that if the Listen state is canceled.
This can apparently happen in some cases where p2p_connect command is
issues while the Listen state is in progress.

Work around this issue by clearing p2p->drv_in_listen when Listen state
is stopped as part of p2p_stop operation. This allows the P2P module to
process CONNECT_LISTEN timeout in p2p_timeout_connect_listen() to move
to CONNECT state, e.g., when starting GO Negotiation after Device
Discoverability mechanism.
2011-09-22 22:49:21 +03:00
Subrat Dash
6a5200e699 atheros: Fix WEXT SIOCGIWESSID use with WE-21 and newer
The "too long" buffer (32+1 octets) prevented AP from starting up with
32 octet SSID with WE-21 and newer. Fix this by reducing the
SIOCGIWESSID buffer length.
2011-09-22 15:42:03 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
ffbf1eaa26 Fix typos found by codespell
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-09-22 00:43:59 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
a776b19cda wext: Remove write-only variable ap_num
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-09-22 00:41:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c36d52427a nl80211: Support PMKSA candidate events
This adds support for RSN pre-authentication with nl80211 interface and
drivers that handle roaming internally (i.e., wpa_supplicant is not
responsible for requesting scan results that provide the needed
information without these events).
2011-09-21 16:14:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c8c71b395c Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2011-09-21 16:14:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20f5a4c24c nl80211: Work around EALREADY from connect command
cfg80211 does not currently allow NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when there
is already an association. This can result in wpa_supplicant being
unable to request a connection if the interface is already in
connected state. Work around this by requesting disconnection if
the connect command fails with EALREADY error. This allows
wpa_supplicant to recover from the unexpected state and complete
the connect request on next attempt.
2011-09-18 21:26:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b414f59fc eapol_test: Add option for writing server certificate chain to a file
eapol_test command line argument -o<file> can now be used to request
the received server certificate chain to be written to the specified
file. The certificates will be written in PEM format. [Bug 391]
2011-09-17 22:42:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8a55f56453 RSN: Add a debug message when considing addition of OKC entry 2011-09-16 18:45:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8b8379adf Sync with wireless-testing.git linux/nl80211.h 2011-09-16 17:13:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
633d4469e8 Fix AP build without CONFIG_WPS=y
Make the WPS processing of (Re)Association Request frame IEs conditional
on WPS support. This fixes a build issue with wps_is_20() not being
defined and makes the non-WPS build a bit smaller.
2011-09-12 22:23:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
531e420dd7 Remove time.h include from utils/includes.h
os_*() wrappers should be used instead of functions from time.h.
Removing the header from includes.h enforces this. os_unix.c can
include this its uses are valid wrapper calls. wps_upnp.c uses
gmtime() for which there is no os_*() wrapper available yet, so
allow it to use time.h, too. Similarly, allow dump_state.c to
use time.h for ctime().
2011-09-12 22:19:26 +03:00
Per Ekman
3d9e2e6615 Remove references to time_t/time()
Use os_time() in AP mode instead of direct time() calls.
2011-09-12 22:14:30 +03:00
Johannes Berg
531f0331a1 nl80211: Cancel not yet started r-o-c
Currently, the following can happen:

1) P2P state machine requests R-O-C
2) user changes their mind and aborts
3) P2P state machine aborts R-O-C
4) driver_nl80211 rejects abort since there
   was no notification about the start yet
5) R-O-C period start notification from kernel
6) P2P state machine requests new R-O-C
7) this overlaps with old R-O-C -- iwlwifi driver
   can't handle that and returns -EBUSY
8) state machine stops dead in its tracks

The reason is that the abort isn't going through properly. Instead of
tracking whether a R-O-C is active in driver_nl80211, track whether one
was requested to avoid this scenario.

Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-09-10 22:57:41 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
47185fc788 P2P: Remove CCK supported rates when running P2P scan
This allows drivers to disable CCK rates from Probe Request frames.
For nl80211, this is currently applying only to the supported rates
element(s), but this mechanism could be extended to address TX rate
control masking, too, to lessen need for global rate disabling.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-09-10 22:40:30 +03:00
Johannes Berg
7626850dd6 nl80211: Automatically use concurrent P2P if possible
Since the kernel can now advertise P2P concurrent support by advertising
interface combinations, we can take advantage of that and automatically
use P2P_CONCURRENT / P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P for drivers that advertise
support.

Keep driver_param=use_p2p_group_interface=1 for anyone not advertising
interface combinations in their drivers yet.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-09-10 21:52:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25e5d5bc08 P2P: Allow advertisement config methods to be limited
The default config methods was hardcoded to claim support for
PushButton, Display, and Keypad. While these are supported by
most P2P devices, there may be some cases where it is convenient
to be able to disable a specific config method. Use config_methods
configuration parameter to set the default values for Config Methods
in the P2P Device Info attribute.
2011-09-08 16:48:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07fecd3915 P2P: Remove Label config method
The P2P specification (3.1.4.3) disallows use of the Label configuration
method between two P2P devices. This was previously enforced at upper
level, but the obsolete code can be removed from wpa_supplicant. This
adds a bit more strict enforcement of the policy, but should not result
in practical differences since no known P2P implementation uses Label
config method.
2011-09-08 16:40:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8a790b922 Flush PMKSA cache entries and invalidate EAP state on network changes
If a network configuration block is removed or modified, flush
all PMKSA cache entries that were created using that network
configuration. Similarly, invalidate EAP state (fast re-auth).

The special case for OKC on wpa_supplicant reconfiguration
(network_ctx pointer change) is now addressed as part of the
PMKSA cache flushing, so it does not need a separate mechanism
for clearing the network_ctx values in the PMKSA cache.
2011-09-07 17:46:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
734baae0af Clear driver PMKSA cache entry on PMKSA cache expiration
If the driver maintains its own copy of the PMKSA cache, we need to
clear an entry from the driver whenever wpa_supplicant is dropping
an old PMKSA cache entry.
2011-09-07 16:31:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc28ad8cdf Fix Deauth/Disassoc callback handling with test frames
The Deauth/Disassoc TX status callbacks were ending up kicking the
station entry from kernel driver when test functionality was used to
inject Deauth/Disassoc frames from the AP with the purpose of leaving
the local association in place. Fix this by using STA flags to figure
out whether there was a pending callback for the frame that we need
to act on.

In addition, add forgotten functionality for the Disassoc TX status
callback to match the behavior with Deauth.
2011-09-06 21:03:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64fa840a97 nl80211: Fix WPA_VERSIONS attribute for Connect command
The previous code was trying to figure out which WPA version is
used based on the extra IEs requested for Association Request. That
did not work properly in cases where non-WPA networks are used with
some extra IEs. Fix this by using more robust mechanism for passing
the WPA versions from core wpa_supplicant to the driver_ops
associate().
2011-09-02 20:40:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83180479f0 Android: Modify wireless_copy.h to fix Android build 2011-09-02 16:50:43 +03:00
Bharat Chakravarty
a9355fac5f WPS: Set Probe Request config methods based on configuration
Instead of hardcoding the Config Methods attribute value in Probe
Request frames, set this based on the configured parameter
config_methods to allow correct set of methods to be advertised.
2011-09-01 15:24:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae9c400358 WPS ER: Fix UPnP XML Device Description parser to find correct device
The device description file may include multiple devices. Improve the
simplistic parser by first trying to find the WFADevice:1 device before
fetching the device parameters. While this is still far from complete
XML parsing, this should address the most common root device
specifications.
2011-08-31 13:56:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86957e6298 nl80211: Support AP mode probe/action frame TX/RX without monitor iface
This allows non-mac80211 drivers to report received Probe Request
frames to user space and Probe Response and Action frames to be sent
from user space when using AP/P2P GO mode.
2011-08-29 14:26:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4dc03726de Delay STA entry removal until Deauth/Disassoc TX status in AP mode
This allows the driver to use PS buffering of Deauthentication and
Disassociation frames when the STA is in power save sleep. The STA
entry (and PTK) will be removed from the kernel only after the
Deauth/Disassoc has been transmitted (e.g., when the STA wakes up).
A hardcoded two second timeout is used to limit the length of this
window should the driver fail to deliver the frame (e.g., the STA
is out of range and does not wake up). The kernel STA entry is
marked unauthorized during the wait to avoid accepting Data
frames from the STA that we have decided to disconnect.

This behavior is available only with drivers that provide TX status
events for Deauth/Disassoc frames (nl80211 at this point). Other
drivers continue to use the previous behavior where the STA entry
is removed immediately.
2011-08-28 23:07:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49a191a142 EAP: Add "expanded" EAP type to get_name functions 2011-08-28 19:23:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17f6b90056 WPS: Wait for EAPOL-Start unless WPS 2.0 station as workaround
Extend the code that waits for the station to send EAPOL-Start before
initiating EAPOL authenticator operations to cover the case where the
station includes WPS IE in (Re)Association Request frame if that IE
does not include support for WPS 2.0. While this should not really
be needed, this may help with some deployed WPS 1.0 stations that do
not support EAPOL operations correctly and may get confused of the
EAP-Request/Identity packets that would show up twice if EAPOL-Start
is transmitted.
2011-08-28 19:16:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb91db5639 Provide extra IEs for AP mode management frames with set_ap
Drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association
Response frames can use this information to and WPS and P2P IE
when needed.
2011-08-26 21:14:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97a7a0b504 Add support for setting SSID hiding mode through set_ap() 2011-08-26 21:12:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b11d1d6439 Add crypto parameters to set_ap() command separately
This helps drivers that build the Beacon and Probe Response frames
internally.
2011-08-26 21:11:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8cc23a438 Sync with include/linux/nl80211.h in wireless-testing.git 2011-08-26 21:09:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ca47fff8c WPS: Drop responses from ER to a STA that is not in WPS protocol
If an ER tries to send a message to a STA that is not in the middle
of WPS protocol, do not try to deliver that. This can help with issues
where an ER takes long time to reply to M1 and another Registrar has
already completed negotiation.
2011-08-12 11:58:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de6e463f57 Make sure that EAP callbacks are not done if state machine has been removed
It is possible to get a response for a pending EAP callback after the
EAP state machine has already completed its work or has timed out. For
those cases, make sure that the callback function is not delivered since
it could result in NULL pointer dereferences.
2011-08-12 11:56:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
167dc97501 WPS: Fix M2/M2D Config Methods to include PushButton even if PBC not in use
The Config Methods attribute in M2 and M2D messages is supposed to
indicate which configuration methods are supported by the Registrar. As
such, it should not depend on whether PBC mode is currently active or
not. That will only affect the Selected Registrar Config Methods and
Device Password ID attributes.
2011-08-11 17:03:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
59639fa112 WPS: Fix default virt/phy pushbutton config method setting
Instead of always adding PHY PushButton config method, only add this
if neither virtual nor physical push button is advertised.
2011-08-11 16:51:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ccb941e6da Add SSID as a separate item in AP mode Beacon setup
This makes it easier for drivers that need the SSID to get it from the
Beacon setup operation without having to parse the Beacon IEs.
2011-08-10 13:29:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
19c3b56685 Replace set_beacon() driver op with set_ap()
This change is a first step in better supporting different driver
architectures for AP mode operations with nl80211. This commit in
itself does not add new functionality, but it makes it easier to add
new AP mode parameters to address needs of drivers that have more of
the MLME/SME in firmware or kernel.
2011-08-10 13:22:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5fb1a23252 nl80211: Fix hostapd build 2011-08-09 23:32:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bdffdc5ddb AP: Reorder WPA/Beacon initialization
Split WPA initialization into two parts so that the Beacon frames can be
configured fully before the initial keys (GTK/IGTK) are configured. This
makes it easier for drivers that depend on the AP security mode being
fully set before the keys are configured.
2011-08-09 14:56:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc45d4279f WPS: Do not update Beacon IEs before initial IE set
This avoids a request to the driver to first start beaconing before
the WPA/RSN IE has been generated and then immediately changing the
beacon IEs once the WPA/RSN IE is ready.
2011-08-09 14:40:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f10bfc9adb nl80211: Add l2_packet for AP mode EAPOL TX without monitor iface
This can be used with drivers that do not support monitor interface
when transmitting EAPOL frames in AP mode.
2011-08-09 14:04:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9db931ed6d nl80211: Do not include NL80211_ATTR_DURATION in TX frame if zero
When offloading of the offchannel TX wait is not used, it is better to
not include NL80211_ATTR_DURATION to avoid confusing nl80211/cfg80211.
2011-08-09 14:01:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a381f2a286 nl80211: Fix connect command to not claim WPA if WPS is used
Such using params->wpa_ie to figure out whether the connection is for
WPA/WPA2 is not correct since that buffer is used also to add WPS IE. In
case of WPS, do not add NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS to avoid confusing
drivers.
2011-08-09 13:59:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a05225c819 nl80211: Add more debug information on frame TX command failures 2011-08-09 13:59:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e92310217 random: Check fwrite return value to avoid warnings
Some compilers complain about fwrite calls if the return value is
not checked, so check the value even if it does not really make
much of a difference in this particular case.
2011-08-06 21:16:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6921f1f386 TLS: Reorder certificates if needed when reading them
The internal TLS implementation assumes that the certificate chain
is ordered by issuer certificate following the certificate that it
signed. Add the certificates to the chain in suitable order when
loading multiple certificates.
2011-08-04 22:39:03 +03:00
Anish Nataraj
628d54639a Dispatch more WPS events through hostapd ctrl_iface 2011-08-04 16:56:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
70dbe3b6d7 P2P: Fix 802.11b-only rate validation for Probe Request frames
Commit e1d526293b added code for verifying
whether the receive Probe Request frame was indicating support for only
802.11b rates, but it missed the for loop for the extended supported
rates element. Add that to fix the validation code for cases where
non-802.11b rates are in the extended supported rates element.
2011-08-02 11:18:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93ac240496 Clarify hostapd error message on unsupported hw_mode value 2011-07-31 00:51:34 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
e783c9b0e5 madwifi: Implement set_freq for hostapd, adjust hostapd.conf
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-07-29 20:51:55 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
374038fbde hostap: Remove unused variable in handle_frame()
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-07-29 20:51:55 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
f11634bf5d hostap: Add channel selection support in hostapd
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-07-29 20:51:50 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
a79d5479df Increase maximum number of SSIDs per scan with ProbeReq to 10 2011-07-19 08:55:46 +03:00
Eliad Peller
2f4f73b154 nl80211: Change vif type to P2P_CLI upon P2P authentication
Currently, wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() changes the interface type
to station. However, in case of P2P, we need to change the interface
type to P2P_CLI.

Add p2p field to the authentication params, and consider it for choosing
the correct interface type.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-07-17 20:25:58 +03:00
Eliad Peller
b1f625e0d8 nl80211: Consider P2P when changing vif type
Commit 9f51b11395 added support for P2P
interfaces when adding a new interface. However, it didn't handle the
case in which the same interface is being used and its type is being
changed. Add support for this case.

Consequently, when doing "ap_scan_as_station" we now need to save the
actual AP interface type (AP/P2P GO) in order to restore it properly.
For that, change ap_scan_as_station type from int to nl80211_iftype, and
set it to NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFED when not used.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-07-17 20:22:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff6a158b40 nl80211: Do not re-set iftype when initializing added interface
There is no need to force the interface into station mode when
wpa_supplicant adds a new interface (e.g., P2P group) with the correct
iftype.
2011-07-17 20:03:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a1922f934d nl80211: Add more debug info for iftype changes 2011-07-17 19:47:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d9c369827 nl80211: Ignore ifdown event if mode change triggered it
When driver_nl80211.c has to set the netdev down to change iftype, an
RTM_NEWLINK event is generated. Do not generate
EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED event based on that.
2011-07-17 13:56:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6554237f38 FT: Share IE parser implementation for Authenticator and Supplicant
These are almost identical, so there is no point in using separate
implementations.
2011-07-16 11:13:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3c828ebfd FT: Fix FT IE parser to not count TIE as protected IE 2011-07-16 11:05:28 +03:00
Hong Wu
c284b46141 FT: Fix the calculation of MIC Control field in FTIE
Reassociation Request/Response frame validation need to count all IEs in
the RIC. In addition, TIE is not protected, so it should not be included
in the count.

Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
2011-07-16 10:57:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1d526293b P2P: Do not reply to Probe Request frame indicating only 802.11b rates
Per P2P specification 2.4.1, P2P Device shall shall not respond to
Probe Request frames that indicate support for only 802.11b rates.
2011-07-15 21:49:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97c5b3c45b P2P: Check Device ID match in Probe Request frames in Listen state
Do not reply to Probe Request frames that include a Device ID that
does not match with our own P2P Device Address.
2011-07-15 20:48:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04a85e4401 P2P: Filter Probe Request frames based on DA and BSSID in Listen state
Only accept Probe Request frames that have a Wildcard BSSID and a
destination address that matches with our P2P Device Address or is the
broadcast address per P2P specification 3.1.2.1.1.
2011-07-15 20:28:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15f0961447 Check random_get_bytes() result before writing entropy file 2011-07-15 17:17:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40eebf2353 MD5: Fix clearing of temporary stack memory to use correct length
sizeof of the structure instead of the pointer was supposed to be used
here. Fix this to clear the full structure at the end of MD5Final().
2011-07-15 13:42:06 +03:00
Johannes Berg
f67eeb5c32 nl80211: fix interface address assignment
When a new interface is created and already has a separate MAC address
assigned by the kernel, then we need to use that address, not just when
we've created a locally administered address.

This fixes use_p2p_group_interface=1 for iwlagn as it already makes
mac80211 assign an address for a second interface since the hardware has
two addresses assigned.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-07-15 12:05:19 +03:00
Johannes Berg
b14a210ce2 nl80211: Support GTK rekey offload
Add support to wpa_supplicant for device-based GTK rekeying. In order to
support that, pass the KEK, KCK, and replay counter to the driver, and
handle rekey events that update the latter.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-07-12 21:22:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7aec3776b9 Sync with linux/nl80211.h from wireless-testing.git 2011-07-12 20:53:32 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
95ab606345 nl80211: Send STA flags to kernel on station addition
Send STA flags to kernel when adding a new station. This ensures
stations are added with up to date flags by kernel drivers.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-07-12 20:28:31 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
d83ab1fe37 hostapd: Set STA flags when adding a new station
When adding a new station, set the STA flags as part of the sta_add()
command. This ensures the flags are up to date when the station is added
by lower level drivers.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-07-12 20:26:52 +03:00
Hong Wu
715ed737dc FT: Disable PMKSA cache for FT-IEEE8021X
wpa_supplicant uses XXKEY instead of PMK to derive PMK-R0 and PMK-R1 for
FT-IEEE8021X key mgmt.

Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
2011-07-05 20:49:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb465555d4 Allow PMKSA caching to be disabled on Authenticator
A new hostapd configuration parameter, disable_pmksa_caching=1, can now
be used to disable PMKSA caching on the Authenticator. This forces the
stations to complete EAP authentication on every association when WPA2
is being used.
2011-07-05 17:13:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f525d8e5b Move peer certificate wpa_msg() calls to notify.c
This type of wpa_supplicant specific message construction does not need
to be at the EAP implementation, so better move it up to notify.c.
2011-07-05 12:40:37 +03:00
Michael Chang
ade74830b4 Add dbus signal for information about server certification
In general, this patch attemps to extend commit
00468b4650 with dbus support.

This can be used by dbus client to implement subject match text
entry with preset value probed from server. This preset value, if
user accepts it, is remembered and passed to subject_match config
for any future authentication.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@novell.com>
2011-07-05 12:22:32 +03:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
a3e685a04b hostapd: Clear keys configured when hostapd reloads configuration
Data path is broken when hostapd reloads its configuration
disabling the security which was previously enabled (WEP/WPA),
using kill -1, as old keys were not cleared.

The patch clears the keys configured when hostapd reloads
its configuration.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
2011-07-05 11:39:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
235279e777 TLS: Add support for tls_disable_time_checks=1 in client mode
This phase1 parameter for TLS-based EAP methods was already supported
with GnuTLS and this commit extends that support for OpenSSL and the
internal TLS implementation.
2011-07-05 11:29:42 +03:00
Angie Chinchilla
f5fc603251 P2P: Only call dev_lost() for devices that have been dev_found()
Fix a bug with the current dev_found()/dev_lost() usage. Previously
in p2p_device_free() dev_lost() was invoked for devices that had
not been dev_found(). This caused dbus related msgs to stderr like:
"Attempted to unregister path (path[0] = fi path[1] = w1) which isn't
registered"

Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2011-07-04 20:30:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5f310a9e24 nl80211: Process association/disassociation events in AP mode
This allows non-mac80211 drivers that implement AP mode SME/MLME
in firmware or driver to notify hostapd/wpa_supplicant of AP mode
association events.
2011-07-01 18:44:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
866af8b6bd nl80211: Allow AP mode to be started without monitor interface
This is in preparation for supporting AP mode with SME/MLME in the
driver/firmware.
2011-06-28 21:59:44 +03:00
Baruch Siach
567afddb69 atheros: Fix glibc 'invalid pointer' error when WPA_TRACE is enabled
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
2011-06-25 15:41:46 +03:00
Jayant Sane
2463ba70e2 P2P: Update listen and operating channel from P2P D-Bus
Some P2PDevice properties were not updated in p2p->cfg structure:
reg_class, channel, op_reg_class, and op_channel. Hence, update p2p->cfg
parameters through p2p core calls in wpas_p2p_update_config().

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-25 12:08:43 +03:00
Jayant Sane
6402fc438b P2P: Show P2P peer signal level in D-Bus P2P device properties
Move level parameter from p2p_device to p2p_device_info in order to
expose this information and modify D-Bus P2P handler to return this new
parameter through the P2P device properties.

Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-23 21:29:10 +03:00
Helmut Schaa
d4744189b7 hostapd: Don't mask out non-symmetric STA HT caps
Previously hostapd just masked the STAs HT caps with its own. However,
some HT caps are not symmetric and as such need to be handled
different.

hostapd shouldn't overwrite the STAs SMPS mode as otherwise the driver
cannot know it has to use RTS/CTS to wake the receiver from dynamic
SMPS for MCS rates > 7.

hostapd shouldn't mask the RX and TX STBC caps with it's own. They are
already handled in a special case below.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-06-23 20:18:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56234ee168 Add a copyright and license statement for a radiotap header file
This file is a part of the radiotap parser that Andy Green agreed to
relicense under the BSD license (per email, 11 Aug 2007 07:42:05
+0100). The copyright/license statement was updated in radiotap.c,
but this radiotap_iter.h file was forgotten at that point.
2011-06-23 16:39:26 +03:00
Zhu Yi
c3b0a1c8ad bsd: Fix set_key() sequence number endian issue
In set_key handler, the seq[8] is in little endian order defined by
WPA. BSD kernel uses a u_int64_t value ik_keyrsc to represent it
internally. The kernel expects the native endian order for the value.
Thus, we need to detect the endian order and swap bytes when
necessary.
2011-06-23 15:47:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7cc7307d90 Fix hostapd build without NEED_AP_MLME=y 2011-06-22 21:45:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e2704c3a2 Add EVENT_RX_ACTION handler for hostapd
This fixes an issue with SA Query Response frames not being processed
anymore after wpa_supplicant started registering a handler for those.
This handler registration is in generic driver_nl80211.c code, so
hostapd uses it, too.
2011-06-21 20:55:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55e632df72 Remove a compiler warning on uninitialized variable
This is not really ever used, but better keep the compiler output
cleaner.
2011-06-21 20:54:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6efc65ddb nl80211: Add support for driver-based PMKSA cache
Implement PMKSA cache operations add, remove, and flush using nl80211
commands NL80211_CMD_{SET,DEL,FLUSH}_PMKSA to support PMKSA caching
with drivers that select the AP and generate the RSN IE internally.
2011-06-20 10:17:33 +03:00
Jayant Sane
349b213cc8 P2P: Add callback for provision discovery failure
When provision discovery fails, this new callback will be called
so P2P users can react to the failure.

Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 14:26:22 -07:00
Jayant Sane
6b56cc2d97 P2P: Retry provision discovery requests in IDLE state
Since the peer may not be in Listen state when the provision discovery
request is sent, try to send the request again number of times when in
IDLE state. This was already done when p2p_find is in progress, but this
commit adds retries to the case where no other P2P operations are in
progress.

Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 14:20:39 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6b98a33c86 Fix a compiler warning on WPS-AP-without-UPnP builds 2011-05-31 20:11:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
38e24575c1 random: Add support for maintaining internal entropy store over restarts
This can be used to avoid rejection of first two 4-way handshakes every
time hostapd (or wpa_supplicant in AP/IBSS mode) is restarted. A new
command line parameter, -e, can now be used to specify an entropy file
that will be used to maintain the needed state.
2011-05-31 20:07:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f07ead6af9 nl80211: Re-order functions to group AP/hostapd specific code
Get rid of separate ifdef/endif blocks for AP specific and hostapd
specific code, i.e., only have one main block of code for each case.
2011-05-27 19:02:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f7b3920c90 nl80211: Enable more AP callbacks for non-hostapd AP mode
Some of these are required for proper functionality (like
get_seqnum); others may not be needed yet, but including them
allows some extra ifdef/endif blocks to be removed.
2011-05-27 18:54:36 +03:00
Eliad Peller
257da77362 nl80211: Implement set_rate_sets for non-hostapd AP case
.set_rate_sets is not defined for non-hostapd, which prevents
configuring basic_rates when working as P2P GO.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-05-27 18:41:46 +03:00
Ken Zhu
41fd1d9e9a atheros: Fix auth_alg configuration for static WEP
When IEEE 802.1X is not enabled, driver_atheros.c needs to know how
to set authentication algorithms for static WEP.
2011-05-20 18:27:53 +03:00
Vinay Adella
86795546f7 WPS UPnP: Fix UPnP initialization for non-bridge case with some drivers
If the driver wrapper is setting up the interface up only at commit(),
UPnP initialization fails. Fix that by moving UPnP setup to happen after
the driver commit() call.
2011-05-19 12:55:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa5165586f WPS: Add a workaround for Windows 7 capability discovery for PBC
Windows 7 uses incorrect way of figuring out AP's WPS capabilities by
acting as a Registrar and using M1 from the AP. The config methods
attribute in that message is supposed to indicate only the configuration
method supported by the AP in Enrollee role, i.e., to add an external
Registrar. For that case, PBC shall not be used and as such, the
PushButton config method is removed from M1 by default. If pbc_in_m1=1
is included in the configuration file, the PushButton config method is
left in M1 (if included in config_methods parameter) to allow Windows 7
to use PBC instead of PIN (e.g., from a label in the AP).
2011-05-17 19:53:02 +03:00
Ben Greear
60eda5e47d Better messages when channel cannot be used in AP mode
Log messages letting user know that the channel cannot
be used because it is flagged unusable.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-05-16 22:01:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46957a9b2d nl80211: Filter out duplicated BSS table entries from scan results
cfg80211 maintains separate BSS table entries for APs if the same
BSSID,SSID pair is seen on multiple channels. wpa_supplicant does
not use frequency as a separate key in the BSS table, so filter out
duplicated entries. Prefer associated BSS entry in such a case in
order to get the correct frequency into the BSS table.
2011-05-16 19:18:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5a8d42229 nl80211: Fetch assoc_freq from scan table for connect event
When kernel-based SME is used, use the scan table to find a BSS entry
for the associated AP when processing connected event.
2011-05-16 18:35:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b8281964af Add workaround for race condition with AssocResp TX status
It may take some time for the TX status to be delivered for a
(Re)Association Response frame and if any Data frames are received
during that time, they may end up getting dropped as Class 3 frames in
not-associated state. This results in a Disassociation frame being sent
to the station and it assuming that the association has been lost.

Work around the issue by remembering that the (Re)Association Request
has already been accepted and skip the Deauth/Disassoc sending because
of the possible Class 3 frames before the TX status callback is
received.
2011-04-15 19:26:28 +03:00
Yi Zhu
ca79385ab5 bsd: Add support for setting HT values in IFM_MMASK 2011-04-14 22:22:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fe655a8402 Add sanity checks for fseek and ftell return values
In theory, these calls could fail, but it is not really likely to
happen in practice in the use case here. Anyway, check that they do
not return an error before accepting the length of the file.
2011-04-14 20:22:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c8d88a145b WPS: Fix off-by-one check in vendor extension parsing 2011-04-14 20:02:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35530d1472 driver_test: Check set_ssid len before trying to hexdump the SSID 2011-04-14 19:52:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e432d3f10 WPS: Use strict validation of (Re)AssocReq only if IEs are known 2011-04-14 02:58:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0bdaa741cd OpenSSL: Use consistent SSL_get_app_data validation in tls_verify_cb
The returned value cannot really be NULL, but better keep this
function consistent on whether the returned value is checked or not.
2011-04-14 02:50:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
066608f3ff Avoid theoretical NULL pointer dereference during TLS reassemble
This function does not get called with in_data == NULL in practice, but
it seems to be at least partly prepared for that case, so better make it
consistent by handling the NULL value throughout the function.
2011-04-14 02:45:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b211f3eb71 Add sanity checks to EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ event data
Both the SA and IEs from the received Probe Request frames must be
included and the Probe Request RX callback functions may assume that
these are not NULL.
2011-04-14 02:39:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a522e7192 Avoid theoretical NULL pointer dereference from debug code
The change to use wpa_dbg() in wpa_sm_parse_own_wpa_ie() could result
in a NULL pointer dereference if the function were called when WPA
state machine has not been initialized. While this cannot really
happen in practice, it is better to be prepared for that since that
was the case before the wpa_dbg() change.
2011-04-14 02:32:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
74727a7b32 Use type cast to get rid of implicit sign extension
The size_t value here can be 64-bit and result in implicit sign
extension. In this particular case, that gets masked out by
host_to_be32(), so there is no practical difference, but it is better
to get rid of the 64-bit variable explicitly.
2011-04-14 01:27:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8b5f7dc6b TNC: Fix TNC_{TNCC,TNCS}_ReportMessageTypes copy type
The supportedTypes parameter is a list of TNC_MessageType values
and the buffer to be copied should use size of TNC_MessageType, not
TNC_MessageTypeList. In practice, these are of same length on most
platforms, so this is not a critical issue, but anyway, the correct
type should be used.
2011-04-13 23:10:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a04bf77209 TDLS: Validate FTIE length before processing it
This avoids reading past the end of the IE buffer should the FTIE
be too short. In addition, one debug hexdump was using uninitialized
pointer to the FTIE buffer, so fixed it to use the pointer from the
parse data.
2011-04-13 22:14:22 +03:00
Yi Zhu
d4a747f006 bsd: Fix buffer size for routing socket with IPv6 disabled
AF_INET6 is not always enabled by default, so use AF_INET instead. In
addition, use the old fixed length, 2048, as a failover value if the
sysctl fails for any reason.
2011-04-12 23:09:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df13a1cdff Fix WPS AP mode regression
Commit 03d3f28a69 broke initialization of
EAPOL authenticator state machines since an error value from
wpa_auth_sta_key_mgmt() (-1) was not handled properly and the fixed
wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_psk() identified the value as a PSK-based AKM because
of all bits being set to 1. The special error value needs to handled
separately to avoid skipping EAPOL state machine initialization.
2011-04-11 19:22:49 +03:00
Adam Kent
4bb3377bc5 Fix #ifdef check for older openssl versions
Small compile fix for older versions of openssl that do not have SHA256
support and hence do not define OPENSSL_NO_SHA256.
2011-04-11 18:37:12 +03:00
Per Ekman
0b04889f0d Remove references to time_t/time()/random()
Replace direct calls in AP mode code with os_*() wrappers.
2011-04-11 18:33:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
03d3f28a69 Fix wpa_key_mgmt_*() helper functions to handle multiple bits
These can be used in some cases with a bitfield having multiple
AKMs enabled (e.g., WPA-PSK and WPA-PSK-SHA256). Address those
cases by checking whether any of the matching AKM are included.
2011-04-08 19:11:54 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
a1ca02927a atheros: Add support for IEEE 802.11w configuration 2011-04-08 12:06:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f3602386e nl80211: Add support for auth_alg auto-selection with connect command
When the SME is in the driver or cfg80211, the automatic selection
of auth_alg is done by leaving out the NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
attribute from the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command.
2011-04-07 14:53:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d332e7083c TDLS: Disable teardown MIC validation workaround
This MIC is required to be correct if the keys are set, so reject
the message if it does not have a valid MIC.
2011-04-07 14:48:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9040cdb10 Fix a typo in a MIB variable in hostapd ctrl_interface 2011-04-05 01:21:27 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
4378fc14eb nl80211: Send EAPOL frames as QoS data frames for QoS aware clients
This should fix EAPOL reauthentication and rekeying timeout issues
with Intel clients when using WMM (e.g., with IEEE 802.11n). These
stations do not seem to be able to handle EAPOL data frames as
non-QoS Data frames after the initial setup.

This adds STA flags to hapd_send_eapol() driver op to allow
driver_nl80211.c to mark the EAPOL frames as QoS Data frame
when injecting it through the monitor interface.
2011-04-02 22:03:05 +03:00
Paul Stewart
1c5c7273f5 driver: Function to directly poll signal quality
This provides a means for the supplicant to directly request signal
quality metrics from the driver. This is useful, for example for
background scan algorithms that might ask desire this information
out-of-band with CQM events.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-31 17:56:48 +03:00
Eliad Peller
72863ea7c6 P2P: add a missing 'return' after building IE from an empty string
When building IE from an empty string and CONFIG_WPS_STRICT is
not defined, redundant 2 bytes are being added to the string.

We have to return right after building the "dummy" string.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-03-30 17:08:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4bf4db907 Work around SNonce updates on EAPOL-Key 1/4 retransmission
Some deployed supplicants update their SNonce for every receive
EAPOL-Key message 1/4 even when these messages happen during the
same 4-way handshake. Furthermore, some of these supplicants fail
to use the first SNonce that they sent and derive an incorrect PTK
using another SNonce that does not match with what the authenticator
is using from the first received message 2/4. This results in
failed 4-way handshake whenever the EAPOL-Key 1/4 retransmission
timeout is reached. The timeout for the first retry is fixed to
100 ms in the IEEE 802.11 standard and that seems to be short
enough to make it difficult for some stations to get the response
out before retransmission.

Work around this issue by increasing the initial EAPOL-Key 1/4
timeout by 1000 ms (i.e., total timeout of 1100 ms) if the station
acknowledges reception of the EAPOL-Key frame. If the driver does
not indicate TX status for EAPOL frames, use longer initial
timeout (1000 ms) unconditionally.
2011-03-29 17:39:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2fee890af7 Add driver capa flag for EAPOL TX status and store capa in hostapd 2011-03-29 17:36:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b67d0d9e4b P2P: Store more WPS attributes for peers
Store Manufacturer, Model Name, Model Number, and Serial Number
attributes for P2P peers and expose these through the existing
peer information mechanisms.
2011-03-28 15:27:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6e0180035 P2P: Add more WPS attributes into Listen state Probe Response
Configure more WPS attributes in the P2P module and use them
when generating WSC IE for Probe Response frames in Listen state.
2011-03-28 15:24:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b8f64582e3 TDLS: Allow TDLS to be disabled at runtime for testing purposes
Control interface command 'SET tdls_disabled <1/0>' can now be used
to disable/enable TDLS at runtime. This is mainly for testing
purposes.
2011-03-24 20:44:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21bdbe38be nl80211: Implement deauth for IBSS as leave IBSS command 2011-03-23 21:15:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c183894d4 Make GKeyDoneStations counting able to recover from mismatches
Previously, a bug in GKeyDoneStations count would remain in effect
until the authenticator is restarted. Make this more robust by
clearing the station count before each rekeying setup. While this
is not really supposed to be needed, there has been bugs in this
area in the past and it is safer to make the implementation recover
from such an issue automatically.
2011-03-23 17:06:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ade8ef296 Decrement GKeyDoneStations in WPA authenticator when STA is freed
If the STA to be freed is still included in GKeyDoneStations count,
decrement the count when the STA is freed. This does not happen in
AP mode since there is enough time to go through the authenticator
state machine to clear the STA. However, in the current RSN IBSS
implementation, the authenticator state for the STA is freed in a
way that does not allow the state machine to go through the clearing.
To address this, make sure that wpa_free_sta_sm() decrements the
GKeyDoneStations count if the STA happened to be in the process of
GTK rekeying.
2011-03-23 17:00:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef985058f4 nl80211: Use NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event to indicate IBSS peer loss 2011-03-23 15:32:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d47fa330b8 random: Read /dev/random in the background with eloop read socket
This makes it more likely to be able to fetch the 20 octet seed from
/dev/random in cases where other programs may also be competing for
this.
2011-03-22 23:15:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c4bb881743 nl80211: Do not add interface to the global list in case of failure
This avoids leaving a freed interface on the global list in case
driver initialization fails.
2011-03-22 15:52:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd9fc7869a hostapd: Add testing mode for RSN element extensions
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_RSN_TESTING in .config and rsn_testing=1 in
hostapd.conf can now be used to enable a testing mode that adds
extensions to RSN element. This can be used to check whether
station implementations are incompatible with future extensions
to the RSN element.
2011-03-21 13:59:05 +02:00
Sam Leffler
3e1996216e Add support for setting the syslog facility from the config file
This enables setting the syslog facility at build time.
2011-03-20 11:48:42 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c76e5d7f9b wpa_s AP mode: complete only when setup is complete
The AP code might, currently only in the case of HT40, defer actual
enabling to after a scan. In this case, the wpa_s AP code gets confused.
Add a callback for it to use and make it use it to finish only when the
setup has actually completed.

With appropriate hacks in place this allows using HT40 in P2P mode.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 13:11:15 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
046ef4aa67 P2P: Add option for requested device type in P2P search/scan
With this, p2p_find can be extended to find certain requested device
types.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 12:57:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10c5d2a593 P2P: Use a single define for max number of vendor extensions 2011-03-19 12:22:24 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
6f2c060711 P2P: Keep track of peer WPS vendor extensions
Make the P2P code keep track of WPS vendor extensions received from
peers so they can be exposed via DBus later.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 12:22:21 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
f95cac271b P2P: Allow adding of WPS vendor extension attributes
This adds the ability to add WPS vendor extension attributes in P2P
frames, like GO Negotiation and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 12:22:18 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
4028a7fd43 WPS: Add support for adding WPS Vendor Extensions
This adds the ability to add WPS vendor extensions to an AP (or GO).
They will be added to the WSC IE(s) in Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 12:22:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3cb52fb90 WPS: Move P2P extension generation for WSC IE in Beacon frames
This cleans up debug log by keeping the WSC IE attributes for Beacon
frames before starting to build the Probe Response frame.
2011-03-19 12:22:09 +02:00
Xi Chen
ea244d2156 IBSS RSN: Clear IBSS RSN peers based on peer lost events 2011-03-18 17:04:46 +02:00
Johannes Berg
2f646b6e83 WPS: Store (secondary) device type as binary
Instead of converting back and forth from the string representation,
always use the binary representation internally.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 18:50:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2b3c6bc9c WPS: Add more debug information to PBC session overlap check 2011-03-17 18:04:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0439b08d3d WPS: Fix active PBC session removal to ignore MAC address
Use only the UUID-E to remove active PBC session(s) at the completion of
successful PBC protocol run. This fixes potential issues with Enrollees
that use multiple MAC addresses and as such, can get multiple entries in
the PBC session list.
2011-03-17 18:03:20 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
e57ae6e19e P2P: Keep track of secondary device types for peers
Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 11:45:46 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
8e8c0df158 P2P: Add Secondary Device Type list in Probe Response frames
Add Secondary Device Type List attribute in WSC IE for P2P
Probe Response frames if one or more secondary device types
are configured.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 11:16:23 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
a9e86bfb74 WPS: Add secondary device types into Probe Request frames
The secondary device type list is an optional attribute in the WSC IE.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 11:09:49 +02:00
Johannes Berg
ee7ab173c7 nl80211: Implement deauth/disassoc for non-HOSTAPD case
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-16 16:11:05 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
4f6bd86d07 hostapd: Don't force HT Mixed Mode for non-GF STAs
Currently hostapd will force HT Mixed Mode if at least one non-GF STA is
associated. This will force _all_ HT transmissions to be protected.

802.11n-2009 doesn't require HT Mixed Mode to be used in case of non-GF
STAs but instead the HT information element contains a flag if non-GF
STAs are present. All STAs are required to protect GF transmissions in
that case. Hence, setting HT Mixed mode if non-GF STAs are present is
superfluous.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-03-16 11:56:39 +02:00
Sujith Manoharan
ec2b890981 HT: Skip ht_capab validation if ieee80211n=0
There is no point in running through the 40 MHz scan if HT is
actually disabled regardless of whether the ht_capab parameter
is set.
2011-03-16 11:22:40 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
c6a3a11048 Check select() return value in wpa_ctrl_request()
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-03-15 15:54:21 +02:00
Paul Stewart
cf83fb0b5b wpa_supplicant: Add wpa_supplicant_get_eap_mode method
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-15 13:53:08 +02:00
Paul Stewart
c83e2e1c45 eapol_supp: Request EAP method from EAP state machine
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-15 13:49:26 +02:00
Paul Stewart
8813e4d57e eap_peer: Add method to return current method name
If there is an active EAP method, return its name.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-15 13:47:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e17a2477db nl80211: Extend bridge add/del operations for secondary BSSes
Previously, only the main interface was added to a bridge. Extend this
to apply to all configured BSSes.
2011-03-15 13:02:49 +02:00
Ken Zhu
7099861e4e atheros: Fix default TX key index setting for WEP 2011-03-11 17:55:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61fbd3df04 Fix couple of typos in comments 2011-03-11 12:12:36 +02:00
Chao-Wen Yang
3152ff421e WPS: Indicate PBC session overlap in wps_pbc return value
Use a specific return value, WPS-PBC-OVERLAP, to indicate a reason
for rejecting a wps_pbc command in wpa_supplicant AP mode if the
PBC mode cannot be started due to PBC session overlap having been
detected during monitor time.
2011-03-10 18:59:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cc002ff97 WPS: Ignore PBC session overlap if a specific Enrollee is selected
This allows the user to complete WPS provisioning using PBC by
selected a specific Enrollee even if there are other Enrollees
in active PBC mode at the same time. The other Enrollees will be
rejected should they try to connect at the same time.
2011-03-10 18:51:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80e75578c4 WPS: Show the received UUID-E from Probe Request in debug log
This makes it easier to debug PBC session overlap issues.
2011-03-10 18:38:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0dc4155c3 WPS: Use only UUID-E in PBC session overlap detection on Registrar
Ignore possible mismatches in the source address of the frame and only
use UUID-E to check whether a Probe Request or M1 is from the same
Enrollee when figuring out whether there is PBC session overlap. This
is needed to avoid potential issues with Enrollee devices that may have
multiple interfaces indicating active PBC state.
2011-03-10 18:33:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8fb017272 TDLS: Add tdls_testing 0x400 for ignoring AP prohibit TDLS 2011-03-06 14:54:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
52c9e6f3f5 TDLS: Do not allow setup to be started if AP prohibits TDLS 2011-03-06 14:54:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb12d186b6 TDLS: Add tdls_testing 0x200 for declining TDLS Setup Response 2011-03-06 14:54:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94377fbc52 TDLS: Allow wpa_cli tdls_setup to start renegotiation
If there is already a link the requested peer, request start of
renegotiation instead of completely new link. This seems to be needed
to allow some driver to accept the trigger for a new negotiation.
2011-03-06 14:54:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad79dba127 TDLS: Add testing mode for disabling TPK expiration
tdls_testing 0x104 can now be used to disable expiration of TPK
(0x100) and to use a short lifetime when initiating link (0x4).
2011-03-06 14:54:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0c4268eb27 TDLS: Add testing code for concurrent initiation
tdls_testing 0x80 can now be used to request wpa_supplicant to send
a TDLS Setup Request frame (i.e., try to initiate TDLS setup)
whenever a TDLS Setup Request frame has been received from a peer.
2011-03-06 14:54:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43291b683c TDLS: Fix higher/lower MAC address check for concurrent init
The logic here was reversed: the STA with lower MAC address is the
one that continues as the initiator.
2011-03-06 14:54:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8b2c2d657 TDLS: Tear down old link when receiving TDLS Setup Request 2011-03-06 14:54:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a469a6b56 TDLS: Add tdls_testing flag (bit 6) for testing long TPK lifetime 2011-03-06 14:54:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1c0b2ad1ce TDLS: Use more thorough validation of TPK handshake 2011-03-06 14:54:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0bfbe2a6c TDLS: Replace os_memset() of all peer data with safer approach
Blindly clearing all struct wpa_tdls_peer members is a risky
operation since it could easily clear pointers to allocated
memory, etc. information that really should not be removed.
Instead of hoping that new code gets added here to restore
the important variables, reverse the approach and only clear
structure members one by one when needed.
2011-03-06 14:54:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c61f3e5544 TDLS: Remove unnecessary storing of Link ID IE in peer data 2011-03-06 14:54:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f466ec9e3 TDLS: Fix terminology to match with IEEE 802.11z 2011-03-06 14:54:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a4c3e4b194 TDLS: Move TPK M1 sending to a separate function
Now all there TPK handshake messages are sent in similar functions
and are easier to find from the source code.
2011-03-06 14:54:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e1d335e44 TDLS: Allow unencrypted network negotiation through wpa_supplicant
This allows the same code path to be used for both protected and
unprotected configurations to limit need for duplicated code in
both the driver and wpa_supplicant.
2011-03-06 14:54:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9fe6e4b4db TDLS: Clean up and fix Key Lifetime processing
This adds code for validating that the same Key Lifetime is used
throughout TPK handshake and enables TPK lifetime expiration and
renewal/teardown. These part seem to be working, but the actual
handling of TDLS Setup Confirm and renewal are not fully
functional yet.
2011-03-06 14:54:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b192bc346 TDLS: Add new testing modes for TPK lifetime testing
tdls_testing bits:
bit 3 = use short TPK lifetime (301 seconds)
bit 4 = use wrong TPK lifetime in TDLS Setup Response
bit 5 = use wrong TPK lifetime in TDLS Setup Confirm
2011-03-06 14:54:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40cf22e6ff TDLS: Clear peer entries on association/disassociation
Since the TDLS links are allowed only to STAs that are in the same
BSS with us, clear all peer data whenever the BSS may have changed.
2011-03-06 14:53:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5b0e6ece54 TDLS: Add a special testing feature for changing TDLS behavior
These special test cases can be configured at run time with "wpa_cli
tdls_testing <value>" where <value> is an integer (either as a decimal
or as a hex value with 0x prefix) bitmap of special features with
following bits available at this point:
bit 0 = long frame (add dummy subelement to make FTIE very long)
bit 1 = use alternative RSN IE (different RSN capab value and no extra
replay counters)
bit 2 = send incorrect BSSID in Link Identifier of TDLS Setup Request
(e.g., 1 = long FTIE, 2 = different RSN IE, 3 = both of those)

This is disabled by default and can be enabled for the build by
adding the following line to .config:
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_TDLS_TESTING
2011-03-06 14:53:54 +02:00
Ganesh Prasadh
281ff0aa76 TDLS: Add initial support for TDLS (IEEE Std 802.11z-2010) 2011-03-06 14:53:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23ab8e863f Clear PeerKey pointer on deinit 2011-03-06 14:52:52 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
a4dc6e1934 atheros: Add support for setting RSN/WPS IEs in Beacon/Probe Resp 2011-03-06 14:31:59 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
39b08b5fc0 Indicate assoc vs. reassoc in association event
This allows driver wrappers to indicate whether the association was
done using Association Request/Response or with Reassociation
Request/Response frames.
2011-03-06 14:31:46 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
d7956add9c FT: Make FT-over-DS configurable (hostapd.conf ft_over_ds=0/1) 2011-03-06 14:31:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c0647147c1 Add defines for Valgrind client requests
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_VALGRIND can now be used to enable support for
Valgrind client requests to help in removing some non-issues from
Valgrind reports. This is mainly aimed at allowing unknown ioctl
results to be marked as defined data.
2011-03-06 14:31:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0fa0ad4e17 eloop: Fix integer overflow in long timeouts
If the os_time_t variable used for the expiration time (seconds)
overflows when the registered timeout value is being added,
assume that the event would happen after an infinite time, i.e.,
would not really happen in practice. This fixes issues with
long key timeouts getting converted to immediate expiration due
to the overflow.
2011-03-06 14:31:20 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
9fc6aa9f95 Add Android make files for hostapd and wpa_supplicant 2011-02-27 19:19:43 +02:00
Iain Hibbert
8ce58ceb25 Avoid preprocessor directives in macro arguments
os_snprintf() can be a preprocessor macro and according to
C99 (6.10.3 clause 11) the results of having preprocessor directives
inside the macro arguments is undefined.
2011-02-27 18:59:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73304dbf65 Allow client control socket location to be overridden
Build options can now be used to replace the location of client
sockets for UNIX domain socket control interface:

CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_CLIENT_DIR=\"/tmp\"
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_CLIENT_PREFIX=\"wpa_ctrl_\"
2011-02-27 18:35:33 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b3f3865e0e Use Android reserved namespace for control interface
On Android, use a special reserved namespace for the UNIX domain
socket.
2011-02-27 18:19:17 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1480633f96 Use longer timeout in wpa_ctrl_request()
Wait longer for control interface response from wpa_supplicant to
avoid issues with some drivers that have long blocking operations.
2011-02-27 17:08:15 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
36fde1e79c Make wpa_ctrl_close() handle unopened connection 2011-02-27 17:07:07 +02:00
Masashi Honma
28878f8b0e bsd: Use correct size for routing socket
The buffer size for routing socket is fixed to 2048.
This patch fix it to obtain the size from OS.

This patch worked on x86 platform with NetBSD 5.0.2.
2011-02-27 14:01:39 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4e2ead7a72 Add wpa_supplicant state change event for Android network manager
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-02-26 13:20:16 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
2a0cd0670b OpenSSL: Add access to Android certificates
This allows keystore:// prefix to be used with client_cert and
private_key configuration parameters.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-02-26 12:08:20 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
193f439a8c Add CONFIG_ANDROID_LOG support
This makes wpa_printf() calls use __android_log_vprint(). In addition,
hexdumps are commented out.
2011-02-25 16:44:34 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1a13534f17 Change executable permissions for Android
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-02-25 16:21:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4d4aebe69 wext: Do not include typedefs for Android build
Android build gets __u32 and friends from
bionic/libc/kernel/arch-x86/asm/types.h and having the typedefs here
causes redefinition errors.
2011-02-25 13:36:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
47c64bfcc7 wext: Sync with linux/wireless.h from wireless-testing.git
This updates the Linux wireless extensions header file to be based
on the latest version (22).
2011-02-25 13:29:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
56eeb8f299 P2P: Add method to signal lost device
This signal is used to notify users of the P2P
state machine or wpa_supplicant of lost devices.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:22:16 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c165d81eea P2P: Add p2p_get_peer_found to get peer info
This will only retrieve information about peers that have been fully
discovered, not peers that are only half-discovered based on their Probe
Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:05:22 +02:00
Johannes Berg
8fd7dc1b1c P2P: Add new_device flag to dev_found callback
The DBus code will want to have perfect matching of dev_found and the
dev_lost it adds so it doesn't need to keep track internally. Enable
that with a new flag in the core that tracks whether we have already
notified about this -- the existing users can ignore it.

The part where this is always set to 1 if the new device is discovered
by a driver that has P2P in the driver is buggy -- the driver should
feed the P2P peer database and then that should feed the notification
here instead.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:59:58 +02:00
Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel
c5db8e5170 P2P: Embed publically visible struct in peer info
This embeds some information about each P2P peer that will be publically
visible in a struct that is shared.

The dev_found notification function is also passed the new struct, which
requires some work for the driver-based P2P management.

Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:51:17 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
e926bcffd8 hostapd: Inherit correct MAC address for AP VLAN interfaces
When using multiple vifs and dynamic vlan tagging is enabled on any
interface, the created AP VLAN interfaces get the BSSID of the first
AP mode interface instead of the BSSID of the corresponding AP mode
interface.

Example:

wlan0 - xx:xx:xx:xx:x0
wlan1 - xx:xx:xx:xx:x1

Assume a STA connects to the AP interface wlan1 and gets a dynamic
VLAN tag 100 assigned by the RADIUS server. Hostapd will create an AP
VLAN interface wlan1.100 but doesn't set an address for this interface
which results in wlan1.100 getting the same address as wlan0:

wlan1.100 - xx:xx:xx:xx:x0

As a result the STA that was moved to wlan1.100 isn't able to finish its
4-way handshake since mac80211 won't pass its frames to wlan1.100 due to
the different address.

To fix this issue make use of the address of the AP interface when
creating an AP VLAN interface.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-02-24 21:25:40 +02:00
Ben Greear
24d75245bd AP: Update logging related to inactivity and disassociation
Add MAC addresses for stations and use wpa_msg instead of printf
methods to make it easier to grep logs and find messages for the
station in question.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-24 17:44:45 +02:00
Ben Greear
1aae01fc04 Add more wpa_auth debugging messages 2011-02-24 17:35:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
effab86ff2 Remove unneeded OpenSSL error messages from key/cert parsing
If parsing of the certificate or private key succeeds using any of
the tried encoding types, clear the OpenSSL error queue without
showing the pending errors in debug log since they do not really
provide any useful output and can be confusing.
2011-02-22 22:19:55 +02:00
Raghunathan Kailasanathan
58708b3bd1 nl80211: Use nl_atype() from libnl
libnl provides nla_type() which can be used to derive nla_type from
struct nlattr.
2011-02-22 21:48:49 +02:00
Guy Eilam
e4ac6417c7 utils: Corrected a typo in header's name definition
Corrected a typo in the BASE64_H definition that
might cause the header file to be included more than once.

Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
2011-02-21 22:44:46 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
6fc34d9fe5 Increase internal TLSs client key exchange buffer
This patch fixes a problem I had when I tried to connect
an embedded system [wpa_supplicant, CONFIG_TLS=internal]
to my TLS secured network.

TLSv1: Send CertificateVerify
TLSv1: CertificateVerify hash - hexdump(len=36): ha .. ha
PKCS #1: pkcs1_generate_encryption_block - Invalid buffer lengths \
                        (modlen=512 outlen=454 inlen=36)

It turned out that a fixed 1000 byte message buffer was just
a little bit too small for the 4096 bit RSA certificates
I'm using.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-02-21 18:25:34 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
f39b07d7ed hostapd: Allow coexistance of HT BSSes with WEP/TKIP BSSes
In multi BSS setups it wasn't possible to set up an HT BSS in
conjunction with a WEP/TKIP BSS. HT needed to be turned off entirely
to allow WEP/TKIP BSSes to be used.

In order to allow HT BSSes to coexist with non-HT WEP/TKIP BSSes add a
new BSS conf attribute "disable_11n" which disables HT capabilities on a
single BSS by suppressing HT IEs in the beacon and probe response
frames. Furthermore, mark all STAs associated to a WEP/TKIP BSS as
non-HT STAs. The disable_11n parameter is used internally; no new entry
is parsed from hostapd.conf.

This allows a non-HT WEP/TKIP BSS to coexist with a HT BSS without
having to disable HT mode entirely. Nevertheless, all STAs associated to
the WEP/TKIP BSS will only be served as if they were non-HT STAs.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-02-21 17:27:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55bce124e5 FT: Fix FT-EAP to set EAPOL Authenticator into authenticated state
This is needed to avoid the EAPOL Authenticator from trying to start
new authentication when FT protocol is used. [Bug 384]
2011-02-20 21:56:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e0318505c FT: Specify source MAC address for RRB messages
Use l2_packet with Ethernet header included so that the source
address for RRB packets can be forced to be the local BSSID. This
fixes problems where unexpected bridge interface address may end
up getting used and the recipient of the frame dropping it as
unknown R0KH/R1KH.
2011-02-20 17:50:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6603a96602 Flush STA entries in hostapd when clearing STAs from kernel
This is needed to keep kernel and hostapd in sync. In addition,
the obsolete entry in hostapd prevented use of Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame with reason code 6/7 mechanism to indicate
to the STA that there is no association if the STA missed the
broadcast Deauthentication frame for any reason.
2011-02-10 22:31:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3e52e364e hostapd: Fix RADIUS client configuration update on reconfig
The internal pointer to RADIUS client configuration needs to be
updated whenever a new hostapd configuration is loaded. Without
this, freed memory may be dereferenced and this can result in
segmentation faults.
2011-02-10 22:12:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
810f08bab4 Make sure reserved field in WMM IE is set to 0
This was previously left uninitialized for Beacon frames and could
potentially have any value.
2011-02-10 22:10:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50b16da13f Fix CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y build 2011-02-10 20:24:06 +02:00
Ben Greear
f049052b9e Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf()
This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order
to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages.

A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow
CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is
otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout
debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 20:14:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2944824315 hostapd: Add require_ht configuration parameter
This can be used to configure hostapd to reject association with
any station that does not support HT PHY.
2011-02-09 15:08:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e67b55fb11 wpa_s AP: Deliver EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events to AP processing
This is needed to allows WPS PBC session overlap detection to work
with drivers that process Probe Request frames internally. This
code is is run in hostapd, but the wpa_supplicant AP mode did not
have call to the hostapd_probe_req_rx() function even though it
registered handlers for hostapd Probe Request RX callbacks.
2011-02-08 14:32:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d601247ca9 P2P: Allow WPS_PBC command on GO to select on P2P Device Address
An optional parameter, p2p_dev_addr, can now be given to WPS_PBC
command on P2P GO to indicate that only the P2P device with the
specified P2P Device Address is allowed to connect using PBC. If
any other device tries to use PBC, a session overlap is indicated
and the negotiation is rejected with M2D. The command format for
specifying the address is "WPS_PBC p2p_dev_addr=<address>", e.g.,
WPS_PBC p2p_dev_addr=02:03:04:05:06:07

In addition, show the PBC session overlap indication as a WPS failure
event on an AP/GO interface. This particular new case shows up as
"WPS-FAIL msg=4 config_error=12".
2011-02-07 18:28:36 +02:00
Ben Greear
4f1495aefa Add interface name to wpa_msg() output
This makes log files much more readable if multiple interfaces
are being controlled by the same process. The interface name is
added to stdout/file/syslog entries, but not to the messages
sent to control interface monitors to avoid issues with parsing
in external programs.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-06 20:39:34 +02:00
Ben Greear
ac6912b5d1 wpa_supplicant: Support 'relog' command to re-open log files
This allows rolling log files:

mv log.txt log.txt.1
wpa_cli relog

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-06 20:15:19 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0c11c63375 util: Add compact MAC address formatting/parsing
The P2P DBus interface will use addresses for
DBus paths, and uses them without any separators.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 17:11:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0661eed204 AP: Add callback for STA authorized transitions
Add a callback for station's authorized transitions
to allow wpa_supplicant to emit events in DBus.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:56:59 +02:00
Johannes Berg
6905dcb1e0 AP: Introduce sta authorized wrappers
To enable making state change notifications on the WLAN_STA_AUTHORIZED
flag, introduce ap_sta_set_authorized(), and to reduce use of the flag
itself also add a wrapper for testing the flag: ap_sta_is_authorized().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 16:52:32 +02:00
Johannes Berg
89e07afb2c nl80211: Use max_remain_on_chan data from nl80211
If the driver advertises max_remain_on_chan data, use it instead of
the hardcoded value of 5000. Keep the default at 5000 since that is the
value used by earlier versions of cfg80211/mac80211 and not advertised
in nl80211 for those.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-01 18:18:32 +02:00
Eliad Peller
f14f5141a0 nl80211: Remove excessive nl80211_set_mode() call
When authenticating, and the interface type is not already
NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, we need to call wpa_driver_nl80211_set_mode()
only once. Remove the excessive call.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-02-01 16:38:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7615078caf AP: Make sure ieee80211n_allowed_ht40_channel_pair() gets called
We need to call this function after having completed the neighboring
channel scan to figure out whether HT40 can be used and if so, which
channel is the secondary channel.
2011-02-01 16:09:26 +02:00
Nishant Sarmukadam
1b4d379366 AP: Ensure ieee80211n_supported_ht_capab() gets called to check ht caps
ieee80211n_supported_ht_capab is called after ieee80211n_check_40mhz in
function hostapd_check_ht_capab. ieee80211n_check_40mhz can return 1 in
a valid scenario where the initialization is completed in a callback. In
this case ieee80211n_supported_ht_capab is skipped and hostapd does not
check the ht capabilities reported by the driver. Fix this issue making
sure ieee80211n_supported_ht_capab gets called.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
2011-02-01 16:04:59 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d2da224948 AP: Enable WMM with default parameters by default for HT
If WMM is not disabled explicitly (wmm_enabled=0 in hostapd.conf),
enable WMM automatically whenever HT (ieee80211n) is enabled. Use
the default WMM parameters for AP TX queues and the EDCA parameters
advertised for stations in WMM IE if no overriding values are
included in the configuration.
2011-02-01 14:34:12 +02:00
Johannes Berg
9f51b11395 nl80211: use P2P interface types
We can use the P2P interface types to check if the driver supports P2P
and to tell the kernel that a given interface is going to be used for
P2P (when it is created).

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-01-31 21:49:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df077c6262 Remove obsolete drivers wrappers: atmel, ndiswrapper, ipw, hermes
There is no real reason to maintain these in the current development
branch anymore. If someone really needs support for the obsolete
driver interfaces, these can be found in older wpa_supplicant
branches.

driver_atmel.c
- vendor-specific interface for ATMEL AT76C5XXx cards
- for some old out-of-tree driver; not for the upstream atmel*
  drivers

driver_ndiswrapper.c
- vendor-specific interface for an out-of-tree driver
- ndiswrapper should work with driver_wext.c, too

driver_ipw.c
- vendor-specific interface for old ipw2100/2200 driver
- the upstream driver works with driver_wext.c (and does not work
  with the old interface)

driver_hermes.c
- vendor driver that was not even included in the main wpa_supplicant
  releases
2011-01-30 21:29:25 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
f1bed4a70d nl80211: Make use of the ht opmode bss attribute
In order to enable protection mechanisms for different HT opmodes the
driver needs to be aware of the current HT opmode that is calculated by
hostapd. Hence, pass the current opmode to the nl80211 driver via
the bss attribute NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2011-01-30 21:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1161ff1ef5 hostapd: Allow TDLS use to be prohibited in the BSS
tdls_prohibit=1 and tdls_prohibit_chan_switch=1 and now be used to
disable use of TDLS or TDLS channel switching in the BSS using
extended cabilities IE as defined in IEEE 802.11z.
2011-01-28 19:21:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dfaeda0492 Fix couple of compiler warnings about uninitialized variables 2011-01-26 21:29:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cbcf92b42f AP: Validate management frame length
Make sure that received management frames are long enough before
processing them. This avoids a potential segmentation fault if a
driver delivers an invalid frame all the way to hostapd.
2011-01-17 12:21:29 +02:00
Dan Harkins
e4d7b22a53 EAP-pwd: Fix some interoperability issues
The changes are:

  1. the word "and" in the hunting-and-pecking string passed to the KDF
     should be capitalized.
  2. the primebitlen used in the KDF should be a short not an int.
  3. the computation of MK in hostap is based on an older version of the
     draft and is not the way it's specified in the RFC.
  4. the group being passed into computation of the Commit was not in
     network order.
2011-01-16 13:12:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b13d3d63d5 EAP-pwd: Use os_free to free memory allocated with os_malloc
The direct use of free() caused a crash with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y.
2011-01-16 13:02:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc8318acbc WPA: Add more info for EAPOL-Key Nonce/MIC debugging 2011-01-15 16:57:08 +02:00
Chao-Wen Yang
c5cf0a18f1 WPS: Add mechanism for indicating non-standard WPS errors
Previously, only the Configuration Error values were indicated in
WPS-FAIL events. Since those values are defined in the specification
it is not feasible to extend them for indicating other errors. Add
a new error indication value that is internal to wpa_supplicant and
hostapd to allow other errors to be indicated.

Use the new mechanism to indicate if negotiation fails because of
WEP or TKIP-only configurations being disallows by WPS 2.0.
2011-01-13 17:50:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e24cf97c0d P2P: Check GO Neg Req retransmit limit in p2p_listen_end
This needs to be done both in the more normal location in
p2p_timeout_connect_listen() (internal timeout after driver event) and
in p2p_listen_end() as a workaround for the case where the driver event
is delayed to happen after the internal timeout.
2011-01-12 13:48:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60ea8187c9 nl80211: Set NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES based on set_key addr
This allows mac80211 to configure default keys properly for RSN IBSS
mode.
2011-01-09 19:54:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0382097ef3 Use set_key addr to distinguish default and multicast keys
Previously, both NULL and ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff addr were used in various
places to indicate default/broadcast keys. Make this more consistent
and useful by defining NULL to mean default key (i.e., used both for
unicast and broadcast) and ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to indicate broadcast
key (i.e., used only with broadcast).
2011-01-09 19:44:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8546ea1930 nl80211: Avoid infinite loop when searching a BSS
When hostapd is removing a virtual BSS interface, the loop here was
incorrectly not updating the iterator during list traversal and
ended up in an infinite loop in some cases.
2011-01-09 19:18:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4d379f1243 Move hostap driver specific workaround into the driver wrapper 2011-01-09 12:50:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dff99f8ec1 Do not use set_tx=1 when clearing keys with set_key 2011-01-09 12:18:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
260832214e Use key=NULL when clearing PTK with set_key
The key clearing operations are using NULL everywhere else, so make
this consistent with other callers.
2011-01-09 12:12:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da64c266e7 Use more consistent set_key seq value when nothing is being set
Use NULL instead of (u8 *) "" as the seq value and make sure the
driver wrapper implementations can handle NULL value. This was
previously already done in number of places, but not everywhere.
2011-01-09 12:09:04 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
dcc8bf7808 atheros: Rename "madwifi_" prefix to "atheros_" 2010-12-30 16:14:28 +02:00
Yi Zhu
23763c6516 bsd: Fix receive buffer alignment issue
wpa_supplicant seems to crash from time to time on a NetBSD 4.0 MIPS
platform. The root cause turned out to be a MIPS alignment issue.

In my wpa_supplicant crash case, in function
wpa_driver_bsd_event_receive (from driver_bsd.c), the buf[2048] address
is started from i.e. 0x7fffd546, which is not 4 bytes aligned. Later
when it is casted to (struct if_msghdr *), and rtm->rtm_flags is used.
rtm->rtm_flags is "int" type, but its address is not 4 bytes aligned.
This is because the start address of rtm is not 4 bytes aligned.
Unfortunately in NetBSD MIPS kernel (unlike Linux MIPS kernel emulates
unaligned access in its exception handler), the default behavior is to
generate a memory fault to the application that accesses unaligned
memory address. Thus comes the early mentioned wpa_supplicant crash. An
interesting note is when I'm using the wpa_supplicant version 0.4.9, I
never saw this problem. Maybe the stack layout is different. But I
didn't look into details.

I used below patch to resolve this problem. Now it runs correctly for at
least several hours. But you might have a better fix (maybe we can use
malloc/free so that it is at least cache line aligned?). I'm also not
sure if other drivers should have the same problem.
2010-12-30 16:13:19 +02:00
Yi Zhu
9f2951d2fd Fix driver_bsd.c compile error
I got an error for WPA_KEY_RSC_LEN is not defined when compiling the
driver_bsd.c on NetBSD 4.0. Below patch fixed it.
2010-12-30 16:12:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ac17eba31 P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management
This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be
implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is
very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 12:48:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f981eabcf0 WPS: Add option to disable open networks by default
CONFIG_WPS_REG_DISABLE_OPEN=y can be used to configure wpa_supplicant
to disable open networks by default when wps_reg command is used to
learn the current AP settings. When this is enabled, there will be a
WPS-OPEN-NETWORK ctrl_iface event and the user will need to explicitly
enable the network (e.g., with "select_network <id>") to connect to
the open network.
2010-12-30 12:28:13 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5dfca53fc0 nl80211: Use driver-based off-channel TX if available
If the underlying driver supports off-channel TX, it will now be used by
the nl80211 driver wrapper, setting WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX
accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-29 14:05:34 +02:00
Johannes Berg
190b9062b2 P2P: Add option for offloading off-channel TX to the driver
With the new kernel functionality coming to Linux to allow off-channel
TX, we can take advantage of that in the P2P code that currently uses
remain-on-channel. If a driver advertises support for it, it will be
asked to handle off-channel TX by itself.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-29 13:59:17 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0d7e5a3a29 Allow AP mode to disconnect STAs based on low ACK condition
The nl80211 driver can report low ACK condition (in fact it reports
complete loss right now only). Use that, along with a config option, to
disconnect stations when the data connection is not working properly,
e.g., due to the STA having went outside the range of the AP. This is
disabled by default and can be enabled with disassoc_low_ack=1 in
hostapd or wpa_supplicant configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-28 17:15:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3e01b9d71 Re-initialize EAP ClientTimeout on for each session
ClientTimeout changes from EAP peer methods were not supposed to
change behavior for other EAP peer methods or even other sessions
of the same method. Re-initialize ClientTimeout whenever an EAP
peer method is initialized to avoid this. This addresses problems
where WPS (EAP-WSC) reduces the timeout and consecutive EAP runs
may fail due to too small timeout.
2010-12-28 12:09:14 +02:00
Fabien Marotte
9dac8c3eaf P2P: Limit the retransmission of GO Negotiation request to 120
If the peer you want to connect to is no longer available (does not
acknowledge frames) when wpa_supplicant sends GO Negotition Request
frames, retransmission of this frame is done until the associated
p2p_device  structure is removed on timeout. In that case, no signal
is emitted to  inform the GO Negotiation has failed.

When sending an Invitation Request frame, the same retransmission
mechanism is in place but limit the transmission to 100 and hitting
the limit generates an event.

This patch adds the same mechanism as the one in place for Invitation
Request, but with limit of 120 to match the existing wait_count for
for GO Negotiation.
2010-12-28 11:48:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d19f5fc881 WPS: Include all Config Methods in Probe Request
Do not use active PBC state to figure out which ConfigMethods are
included in Probe Request; instead, include all supported ones.
2010-12-20 12:54:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79c3124ce5 nl80211: Remove extra \n from debug messages 2010-12-19 12:00:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d878ca769 Use SA Query procedure to recovery from AP/STA state mismatch
If a station received unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation
frame with reason code 6 or 7 from the current AP, there may be a
mismatch in association state between the AP and STA. Verify whether
this is the case by using SA Query procedure. If not response is
received from the AP, deauthenticate.

This implementation is only for user space SME with
driver_nl80211.c.
2010-12-19 11:58:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5efa9e2a4b P2P: Allow access to group members
Some new code will require access to P2P group members, so add API to
retrieve the number of members and iterate the members themselves.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-17 18:34:16 +02:00
Sudhakar Swaminathan
231bbd0375 P2P: Unauthorize pending P2P GO Neg peer on p2p_cancel
If there is a pending GO Negotiation when p2p_cancel is used,
unauthorize the peer to avoid immediate reconnection from being
accepted without a new p2p_connect command.
2010-12-17 15:05:35 +02:00
Masashi Honma
2136f48020 nl80211: Stop driver init sooner if the interface does not exist 2010-12-17 13:55:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2397086869 nl80211: Add forgotten deinit code on failure path 2010-12-17 13:49:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
278ef89f3f nl80211: Sync definitions with wireless-testing.git 2010-12-17 13:07:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3a6d9d400 wlantest: Add send command for injecting raw frames
This can be used by external programs (e.g., wlantest_cli) to inject
raw frames (hex dump of the frame header and body). The data can be
requested to be sent as-is or protected with the current key.
2010-12-16 16:11:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b993e77b5b Removed unused variable from non-Linux builds 2010-12-14 17:10:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aca0160548 nl80211: Set cipher suites when using user space SME
Previously, pairwise and group cipher suites were configured only
when kernel SME (nl80211 connect API) was used. However, mac80211
needs this information even in the user space SME case for one
thing: to disable HT when TKIP/WEP is used. Add
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE to fix this special case with
user space SME. This allows mac80211 to disable HT properly when
the AP is configured with configuration that is not allowed.
2010-12-13 21:08:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b39f58347d wlantest: Add support for decrypting TDLS frames
Derive TPK based on TDLS TPK Handshake and decrypt frames on the
direct link with TPK-TK.
2010-12-13 11:20:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89c38e32c7 RSN IBSS: RX GTK configuration with nl80211
This add preliminary code for setting the per-STA RX GTK for
RSN IBSS when nl80211 drivers. For some reason, this does not
seem to fully work, but at least driver_nl80211.c is now aware of
what kind of key is being set and the whatever is missing from
making this key configuration go through should be specific to
nl80211/cfg80211.
2010-12-04 20:31:22 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
18d2ba083b nl80211: Generate EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START events
This is needed to trigger start of 4-way handshake when a new STA is
detected in an RSN IBSS.
2010-12-04 18:17:58 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
1df492df34 Do not send Deauth/Disassoc to unknown STA if SA is invalid
The frame needs to be sent from an individual (non-group) address,
so drop invalid frames before sending Deauth/Disassoc frames to
not associated STAs.
2010-12-04 17:40:36 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
c4d7fc90a2 Fix EAP-FAST PAC file writer to avoid crash with multiple PACs
One of the pointers to the PAC buffer was not updated after realloc
and if the realloc ended up returning new pointer, the *pos pointer
was still pointing at the old location (i.e., freed memory at
this point).
2010-12-04 11:37:41 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
482856c8ba nl80211: Fix compiler warnings on non-P2P build 2010-11-27 13:05:37 +02:00
Ben Greear
6859f1cb24 Enable sharing of scan result events among virtual interfaces
When controlling multiple virtual interfaces on the same physical
radio, share the scan results events with sibling interfaces. This
decreases the time it takes to connect many virtual interfaces.

This is currently only supported on Linux with cfg80211-based
drivers when using nl80211 or wext driver interface.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2010-11-26 21:46:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2ed8023c4 nl80211: Track used interfaces and support multiple P2P groups
Track all the P2P group interfaces within driver_nl80211.c to make
it easier to generate unique P2P Interface Addresses.
2010-11-26 18:14:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
871f4dd069 Allow driver wrappers to indicate whether result codes are sane
Some drivers are not providing exactly reliable error codes (e.g.,
with WEXT), but others may actually indicate reliable information.
Allow driver wrappers to indicate if that is the case and use
optimizations if so. For now, this improves nl80211 with
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT for a case where connection request fails.
2010-11-26 17:41:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df89c1c8d1 nl80211: Add BSSID to NL80211_CMD_CONNECT assoc reject event 2010-11-26 17:40:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce04af5a74 nl80211: Fix NL80211_CMD_CONNECT with WPA/WPS networks 2010-11-26 17:39:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c55f774d00 nl80211: Add preliminary code for testing separate P2P group interface
driver_param=use_p2p_group_interface=1 can now be used to test
nl80211-drivers with separate P2P group interface. In other words,
the main interface (e.g., wlan0) is reserved for P2P management
operations and non-P2P connections and a new group interface (e.g.,
p2p-wlan0-0) is created for the P2P group.

This implementation is very minimal, i.e., it only support address
allocation for a single P2P group interface (if the driver does not
handle this internally). In addition, not all functionality has yet
been tested, so for now, this is disabled by default and needs that
special driver_param to enable.
2010-11-26 15:54:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
971e357f19 P2P: Add new driver option for interface allocation
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P flag can now be used to
indicate that the initial interface (e.g., wlan0) is used for
P2P management operations and potentially non-P2P connections.
This is otherwise identical to
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE, but the possibility of
non-P2P connections makes some operations differ.
2010-11-26 15:52:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
805253d820 random: Fix a compiler warning about unused variable
In CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y case, the error variable was not used.
2010-11-25 23:32:17 +02:00
Sudhakar Swaminathan
9d562b7946 P2P: Add p2p_unauthorize command
This can be used to remove authorization from a previous p2p_connect
commands that has not yet resulted in completed GO Negotiation.
2010-11-25 13:09:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7392f11e96 Convert most commonly used drv ops to real function calls
Getting rid of these inline functions seems to reduce the code size
quite a bit, so convert the most commonly used hostapd driver ops to
function calls.
2010-11-24 17:01:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e8a96a911 Get rid of struct hostapd_driver_ops abstraction
This is not needed anymore and just makes things more difficult
to understand, so move the remaining function pointers to direct
function calls and get rid of the struct hostapd_driver_ops.
2010-11-24 16:50:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3acdf771b8 hostapd_driver_ops reduction
send_eapol, set_key, read_sta_data, sta_clear_stats,
set_radius_acl_auth, set_radius_acl_expire, and set_beacon
to use inline functions instead of extra abstraction.
2010-11-24 16:34:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
51e2a27a21 hostapd_driver_ops reduction
set_sta_vlan, get_inact_sec, sta_deauth, sta_disassoc, and sta_remove
to use inline functions instead of extra abstraction.
2010-11-24 15:36:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b5b1b18f39 hostapd_driver_ops reduction: set_countermeasures 2010-11-24 15:26:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cee7d66b1d hostapd: Start removing struct hostapd_driver_ops abstraction
Commit bf65bc638f started the path to
add this new abstraction for driver operations in AP mode to allow
wpa_supplicant to control AP mode operations. At that point, the
extra abstraction was needed, but it is not needed anymore since
hostapd and wpa_supplicant share the same struct wpa_driver_ops.

Start removing the unneeded abstraction by converting
send_mgmt_frame() to an inline function, hostapd_drv_send_mlme().
This is similar to the design that is used in wpa_supplicant and
that was used in hostapd in the past (hostapd_send_mgmt_frame()
inline function).
2010-11-24 15:19:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
719007f5c0 l2_packet: Use wpa_printf() instead of perror() 2010-11-24 15:00:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebbec8b2fa nl80211: Fix send commands to return 0 on success
driver.h defines these functions to return 0 on success, not
number of bytes transmitted. Most callers are checking "< 0" for
error condition, but not all. Address this by following the driver
API specification on 0 meaning success.
2010-11-24 14:58:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08704cd885 hostapd: Verify availability of random data when using WPA/WPA2
On Linux, verify that the kernel entropy pool is capable of providing
strong random data before allowing WPA/WPA2 connection to be
established. If 20 bytes of data cannot be read from /dev/random,
force first two 4-way handshakes to fail while collecting entropy
into the internal pool in hostapd. After that, give up on /dev/random
and allow the AP to function based on the combination of /dev/urandom
and whatever data has been collected into the internal entropy pool.
2010-11-24 13:08:03 +02:00
Masashi Honma
dbb6ed7e75 Fix memory leak on EAPOL Authenticator error path
wlan0: RADIUS No authentication server configured
MEMLEAK[0x999feb8]: len 1040
WPA_TRACE: memleak - START
[3]: ./hostapd(radius_msg_new+0x33) [0x8074f43]
     radius_msg_new() ../src/radius/radius.c:117
[4]: ./hostapd() [0x806095e]
     ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius() ../src/ap/ieee802_1x.c:439
     ieee802_1x_aaa_send() ../src/ap/ieee802_1x.c:1496

For example, this error occured when I used WPS hostapd without
"eap_server=1" definition in configuration file.
2010-11-24 01:42:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbb921daaa Maintain internal entropy pool for augmenting random number generation
By default, make hostapd and wpa_supplicant maintain an internal
entropy pool that is fed with following information:

hostapd:
- Probe Request frames (timing, RSSI)
- Association events (timing)
- SNonce from Supplicants

wpa_supplicant:
- Scan results (timing, signal/noise)
- Association events (timing)

The internal pool is used to augment the random numbers generated
with the OS mechanism (os_get_random()). While the internal
implementation is not expected to be very strong due to limited
amount of generic (non-platform specific) information to feed the
pool, this may strengthen key derivation on some devices that are
not configured to provide strong random numbers through
os_get_random() (e.g., /dev/urandom on Linux/BSD).

This new mechanism is not supposed to replace proper OS provided
random number generation mechanism. The OS mechanism needs to be
initialized properly (e.g., hw random number generator,
maintaining entropy pool over reboots, etc.) for any of the
security assumptions to hold.

If the os_get_random() is known to provide strong ramdom data (e.g., on
Linux/BSD, the board in question is known to have reliable source of
random data from /dev/urandom), the internal hostapd random pool can be
disabled. This will save some in binary size and CPU use. However, this
should only be considered for builds that are known to be used on
devices that meet the requirements described above. The internal pool
is disabled by adding CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL=y to the .config file.
2010-11-24 01:29:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3642c4313a Annotate places depending on strong random numbers
This commit adds a new wrapper, random_get_bytes(), that is currently
defined to use os_get_random() as is. The places using
random_get_bytes() depend on the returned value being strong random
number, i.e., something that is infeasible for external device to
figure out. These values are used either directly as a key or as
nonces/challenges that are used as input for key derivation or
authentication.

The remaining direct uses of os_get_random() do not need as strong
random numbers to function correctly.
2010-11-24 01:05:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1bdb7ab3af Re-initialize GMK and Key Counter on first station connection
This adds more time for the system entropy pool to be filled before
requesting random data for generating the WPA/WPA2 encryption keys.
This can be helpful especially on embedded devices that do not have
hardware random number generator and may lack good sources of
randomness especially early in the bootup sequence when hostapd is
likely to be started.

GMK and Key Counter are still initialized once in the beginning to
match the RSN Authenticator state machine behavior and to make sure
that the driver does not transmit broadcast frames unencrypted.
However, both GMK (and GTK derived from it) and Key Counter will be
re-initialized when the first station connects and is about to
enter 4-way handshake.
2010-11-24 00:52:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c7302c219 Report errors from key derivation/configuration
Eventually, these should be acted on, so at least get the return
values passed one layer up.
2010-11-23 01:05:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cb9d5c3d1 Mix in more data to GTK/IGTK derivation
The example GMK-to-GTK derivation described in the IEEE 802.11 standard
is marked informative and there is no protocol reason for following it
since this derivation is done only on the AP/Authenticator and does not
need to match with the Supplicant. Mix in more data into the derivation
process to get more separation from GMK.
2010-11-23 00:57:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3acc8f1c8 edit: Clear edit line on deinit 2010-11-21 12:07:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
566aef60ab edit: Limit maximum number of history entries to 100 2010-11-21 12:04:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70de7d56fe edit: Implement history file read/write 2010-11-21 12:01:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19ec1f262e edit: Fix history prev selection 2010-11-21 11:49:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8953e9681a edit: Move history save file specification to caller 2010-11-21 11:43:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec9aac9468 edit: Use struct dl_list for history buffer 2010-11-21 11:25:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
31e1206baa edit: Fix delete_word when not in the end of line 2010-11-20 23:05:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
464144a43b edit: Add history buffer search
Ctrl-R can now be used to start history search mode.
2010-11-20 17:55:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42034d6f60 edit: Clean up escape code parser 2010-11-20 16:59:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0bee81352f edit: Split escape code parsing into a separate function
This makes edit_read_char() simpler and easier to extend since it
does not need to know anything about the escape codes anymore.
2010-11-20 15:55:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef6ee3e5a3 edit: Sort completion list 2010-11-20 12:41:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9364990ace edit: Really fix the completion of last character
The previous commit broke completion in various places. The proper
way of handling the completion of full word is to verify whether
there are more than one possible match at that point.
2010-11-20 12:27:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
414780027a edit: Fix completion at the last character
Completion needs to be done even if the full word has been entered.
In addition, fix the space-after-full-word to properly allocate room
for the extra character when completion is used in the middle of the
string.
2010-11-20 11:59:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89eb6b774d edit: Fix delete word to update current position 2010-11-20 11:48:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4f13f9256 edit: Fix completion of arguments other than the first one 2010-11-20 11:45:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73669f1b03 edit: Fix Home/End escape codes 2010-11-20 11:20:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef49bb80a9 wlantest: Add interactive mode to wlantest_cli 2010-11-20 10:48:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7302a35ed4 edit: Add string completion support on tab 2010-11-20 00:42:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d23e971f0 wlantest: Add preliminary infrastructure for injecting frames
This adds new commands for wlantest_cli to request wlantest to
inject frames. This version can only send out Authentication
frames and unprotected SA Query Request frames, but there is
now place to add more frames and encryption with future commits.
2010-11-19 00:35:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9dd7d6b09c WPS: Add special AP Setup Locked mode to allow read only ER
ap_setup_locked=2 can now be used to enable a special mode where
WPS ER can learn the current AP settings, but cannot change then.
In other words, the protocol is allowed to continue past M2, but
is stopped at M7 when AP is in this mode. WPS IE does not
advertise AP Setup Locked in this case to avoid interoperability
issues.

In wpa_supplicant, use ap_setup_locked=2 by default. Since the AP PIN
is disabled by default, this does not enable any new functionality
automatically. To allow the read-only ER to go through the protocol,
wps_ap_pin command needs to be used to enable the AP PIN.
2010-11-17 16:48:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e8ecb5fb49 Move wpa_cli readline integration into src/utils/edit_readline.c
All three line editing options are now located in src/utils/edit*.c
and provide the same API to allow easy build time selection.
2010-11-14 22:37:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bdc45634f0 wpa_cli: Use edit API as a wrapper for optional readline 2010-11-14 21:19:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
616e0e728e edit: Redraw input line on ^L 2010-11-14 21:03:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82a855bda8 Move command line editing routines into src/utils/edit*.[ch]
This allows the same routines to be shared with other programs
since these are not really specific to wpa_cli.
2010-11-14 20:59:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3b87561d7 Share WPA IE parser function for RSN authenticator/supplicant
There is no point in maintaining two almost identical versions
of this parser. Move WPA IE parser into wpa_common.c similarly
to what was already the case with RSN IE parse.
2010-11-12 21:52:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ea3dd21d2 AP: Verify that HT40 secondary channel is supported
Refuse to enable HT40 mode AP unless both the primary and secondary
channels are enabled for AP use.
2010-11-12 18:31:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8e66e80b9 Add HT40 flags into driver channel list
This can be used to figure out whether the driver would allow
HT40-/HT40+ on any specific channel.
2010-11-12 18:13:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc8714283d WPS: Fix UPnP deinit order to avoid using freed memory
When multiple wireless interfaces are used with WPS, the UPnP
subscriptions need to be removed whenever a matching Registrar
instance gets removed. This avoids a segfault due to access to
freed memory during hostapd shutdown.

In addition, the UPnP interface instance structure needs to be
freed to avoid memory leak.
2010-11-11 16:56:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c17b1e274f WPS ER: Fix compiler warning on non-WPS2 builds 2010-11-11 14:54:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd806bac5f WPS: Change concurrent radio AP to use only one WPS UPnP instance
WPS external Registrars can get confused about multiple UPnP
instances (one per radio) on a dual-concurrent APs. Simplify the
design by sharing a single UPnP state machine for all wireless
interfaces controlled by hostapd. This matches with the previous
changes that made a single command enable WPS functionality on
all interfaces.

This is relatively minimal change to address the sharing of the
state among multiple struct hostapd_data instances. More cleanup
can be done separately to remove unnecessary copies of information.
2010-11-11 14:50:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91626c9fa7 P2P: Reselect operating channel preference based on best channels
When the peer does not include our initial preference in the Channel
List attribute during GO Negotiation, try to use the best channel of
the other band as the new preference instead of falling back to the
first channel in the intersection.
2010-11-10 13:34:33 +02:00
Anil Gathala Sudha
7cfc4ac319 P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO
The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based
on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best
frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used
to select the operating channel if configuration does not include
hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during
GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based
on current channel conditions.

p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5)
to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 13:33:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4d9f9ee7e5 wlantest: Parse Key Data KDEs and store GTK and IGTK 2010-11-09 20:29:12 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
c2aa25fb34 hostapd: Fix config reload for multi-BSS
Secondary BSS interfaces need to be activated after the config has
been reloaded.
2010-11-09 16:35:49 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
d3b4286967 Allow client isolation to be configured (ap_isolate=1)
Client isolation can be used to prevent low-level bridging of frames
between associated stations in the BSS. By default, this bridging is
allowed.
2010-11-09 16:27:15 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
5a5009dc92 Fix rate table handling
With the nl80211 driver, the rate table is mode dependent, so it
must be initialized after the hardware mode has been selected.
2010-11-09 16:17:50 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
d38ae2ea85 Add bridge handling for WDS STA interfaces
By default, add them to the configured bridge of the AP interface
(if present), but allow the user to specify a separate bridge.
2010-11-09 16:12:42 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4a8c72959e nl80211: Fix AP VLAN handling for WDS STA reassociation
When a STA reassociates, the AP VLAN interface is still present,
do not attempt to create it in that case.
2010-11-09 16:03:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
7826ceae91 Fix WDS STA reassociation
If the STA entry is present in hostapd, but not in the kernel driver, its
WDS status needs to be restored when the STA reassociates
2010-11-09 16:00:09 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
3efb432952 driver_roboswitch: include net/if.h instead of linux/if.h
including linux/if.h clashes with other header files on some systems
2010-11-09 15:55:34 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
089da7c32b driver_madwifi: fix a compile error on big endian systems 2010-11-09 15:53:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
22a062815d WPS: Add wildcard AuthorizedMACs entry for PBC 2010-11-09 11:24:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43882f1efc Allow TSN AP to be selected when configured for WEP
Commit d8d940b746 introduced a regression
that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was
rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use
WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e.,
whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow
the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or
IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA).

It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP
selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that
ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
2010-11-08 21:14:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a149fcc77d wlantest: Add preliminary version of IEEE 802.11 protocol testing tool
This tool can be used to capture IEEE 802.11 frames either from a
monitor interface for realtime capturing or from pcap files for
offline analysis. This version is only adding basic infrastructure for
going through the frames and parsing their headers.
2010-11-07 23:29:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fc58a89e1 Fix EAP standalone server
Commit c3fc47ea8e fixed EAP passthrough
server to allow Logoff/Re-authentication to be used. However, it
broke EAP standalone server while doing that. Fix this by reverting
the earlier fix and by clearing the EAP Identity information in the
EAP server code whenever an EAPOL-Start or EAPOL-Logoff packet is
received.
2010-11-07 16:25:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f44ae20783 P2P: Drop pending TX frame on new p2p_connect
We need to drop the pending frame to avoid issues with the new GO
Negotiation, e.g., when the pending frame was from a previous attempt at
starting a GO Negotiation.
2010-11-05 18:17:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e3c178142 Remove unused TX queue parameters related to Beacon frames
These are not used by any driver wrapper, i.e., only the four
data queues (BK, BE, VI, VO) are configurable. Better remove these
so that there is no confusion about being able to configure
something additional.
2010-11-05 01:23:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ccb7e5ee59 WPS: Send WSC_NACK if message without Message Type is received 2010-11-04 18:17:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a64a51b63 WPS: Share common function for building WSC ACK/NACK
These are identical functions in Enrollee and Registrar and there
is no need to maintain two copies of the same functionality.
2010-11-04 18:16:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b23f0f3c8 WPS: Do not advertise support for WEP in WPS 2.0 build
There is no point in advertising support for WEP or Shared Key
authentication if we are going to reject those anyway based on
WPS 2.0 rules.
2010-11-04 17:37:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c7c0ddfd91 WPS: Remove PushButton from M1 ConfigMethods on AP
These config methods are for the Enrollee role, i.e., for adding
external Registrars, and as such, PushButton should not be claimed
to be supported.
2010-11-04 17:29:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e1468839c nl80211: Allow libnl to be replaced with libnl-tiny
CONFIG_LIBNL_TINY=y can be used to select libnl-tiny instead of
libnl.
2010-11-04 17:14:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8dcb61ce5d WPS: Comment out WEP configuration lines on reconfig 2010-11-04 17:02:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07fef399a1 WPS ER: Clear WPS state if PutMessage does not include NewOutMessage
This is needed to avoid getting stuck with pending WPS operation, e.g.,
when an AP replies to WSC_NACK with HTTP OK, but without following
message.
2010-11-02 11:20:54 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
65ae1afd44 nl80211: Pass data frames from unknown STAs to hostapd
Pass data frames from unknown STAs to hostapd in order to reply with
a Deauthentication or Disassociation frame. This fixes compliance
with IEEE Std 802.11-2007, 11.3.

Furthermore, this does not cause a lot of overhead (at least with
mac80211 drivers) since mac80211 does not pass all data frames (but
at least from unauthenticated and unassociated STAs) to cooked monitor
interfaces.

Tested with rt2800pci on a MIPS board.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2010-10-31 21:36:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d96e79f1e7 Make wpa_hexdump_buf{,-key} handle NULL buffer
This matches with behavior of other wpa_hexdump* functions.
2010-10-31 12:09:18 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7a6a6374f2 Clear vars in drivers makefile
drivers.mak is shared between hostapd and wpa_supplicant and
compiling them together may create "wrong" flags.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2010-10-31 11:59:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5245483f80 WPS ER: Add validation of WPS attributes in proxied Probe Request
When strict validation is enabled in the build, check the WPS
attributes in proxied Probe Request frames.
2010-10-31 11:57:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea78c315a2 Add ctrl_interface event for association rejected 2010-10-27 20:28:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
59ddf221c8 Add BSSID to association rejected events 2010-10-27 20:27:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
10c4edde6e P2P: Do not re-send PD Request for join-a-group after acked frame
We are not actually interested in the PD Response in join-a-group
case, so there is no point in trying to send PD Request until the
response is received. This avoids an extra PD getting started after
a join-a-group operation in some cases.
2010-10-27 19:36:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c926593119 Allow EAPOL frames from pre-authenticating station to be processed 2010-10-27 11:34:29 +03:00
Shan Palanisamy
d143bdc862 atheros: Remove debug for ioctls that are not used anymore
This is needed to fix build with a newer driver version.
2010-10-27 11:33:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e11f5a2cbc hostapd: Set operstate UP when initializing AP mode
This is needed to avoid problems with other applications setting and
leaving the interface to IF_OPER_DORMANT state. In AP mode, the interface
is ready immediately after the keys are set, so we better make sure the
DORMANT state does not prevent normal operations after that.
2010-10-26 16:30:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e0c025d13 P2P: Fix parsing of UTF-8 device names
The control character verification was supposed to only replace
bytes 0..31, not 0..31 and 128..255 as happened on systems where
char is signed.
2010-10-26 10:40:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be88391dee WPS ER: Cache AP settings for APs that restart UPnP
This is needed to avoid issues with APs that restart their UPnP,
e.g., when ER reconfigures them. The previously known settings are
now cached and taken into use if an AP is detected to leave
(ssdp:byebye) and then return.
2010-10-25 22:22:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed159ad41b WPS ER: Add more details to wps_er_pbc failure returns
Indicate the reason for the failure when wps_er_pbc is rejected.
2010-10-25 21:59:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
669f322d0e WPS ER: Fix SetSelectedRegistrar to include wildcard AuthorizedMACs
This is required by WPS 2.0, so add the wildcard address to
AuthorizedMACs if no addresses are in the list.
2010-10-25 21:45:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20ebd9c4b9 WPS ER: Only activate PBC mode on single AP
Verify that the UUID given to wps_er_pbc command is known and only
activate PBC mode on the matching AP. The UUID can be that of the
AP or the station/Enrollee.
2010-10-25 21:41:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e7533b399 WPS ER: Show SetSelectedRegistrar events as ctrl_iface events
This makes it easier to figure out if something goes wrong in
preparing the AP for enrolling a station.
2010-10-25 21:29:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c973f3868a P2P: Remove P2P group on driver resource becoming unavailable
Add a new driver event, EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE, for indicating
that the driver is not able to continue operating the virtual
interface in its current mode anymore, e.g., due to operating
channel for GO interface forced to a DFS channel by another virtual
interface.

When this happens for a P2P group interface, the P2P group will
be terminated and P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event shows the reason for
this as follows:
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=UNAVAILABLE
2010-10-25 19:16:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3071e18109 P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups
A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set
idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set,
this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client)
interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the
configuration duration.

The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group
removal when known. For example:
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 18:24:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f4c7b6b2a hostapd: Fix compiler warning
Commit 83e843e830 copied a workaround
without updating the return value to match with the void function.
2010-10-25 13:38:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83e843e830 hostapd: Avoid crashing on station mode disassoc event
Some driver wrappers may end up indicating a disassociation or
deauthentication event without the address of the station, e.g.,
based on a previous non-AP mode event. Avoid crashing hostapd
by verifying that the require address parameter is available in
the event before processing it.
2010-10-22 17:43:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
450eddcfae hostapd: Add wps_config ctrl_interface command for configuring AP
This command can be used to configure the AP using the internal
WPS registrar. It works in the same way as new AP settings received
from an ER.
2010-10-21 16:49:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7374b68ee9 P2P: Fix p2p_send_action conversions
Couple of these missed the change in the first argument and resulted
in various crashes.
2010-10-20 21:32:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f9285ff19 P2P: Delay send_action call if p2p_scan is in progress
In order to avoid confusing the driver with a new remain-on-channel
request, delay sending of a new Action frame if the driver indicates
Action frame RX diromg a scan.
2010-10-20 19:44:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b8889d8e5 P2P: Do not stop Listen state if it is on correct channel
This is needed to optimize response to GO Negotiation Request frames.
The extra remain-on-channel cancel followed by new remain-on-channel for
the same channel takes too much time with some driver/firmware
designs for the response to go out quickly enough to avoid peer
timing out while waiting for our response.
2010-10-20 19:44:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef10f4733f WPS ER: Add wps_er_set_config to use local configuration
This command can be used to enroll a network based on a local
network configuration block instead of having to (re-)learn the
current AP settings with wps_er_learn.
2010-10-20 13:37:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cbbf4a1cc3 WPS: Fix a compiler warning in hostapd_wps_update_ie() 2010-10-20 13:35:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c8a4eef41 WPS: Update Beacon/ProbeResp IE on wps_version_number changes
This test command is supposed to change the WPS version number in all
places immediately, so make sure that the IEs used in management
frames get updated immediately.
2010-10-19 19:57:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f4ce13fde P2P: Track non-P2P members in the group and set Group Limit bit
The P2P group component is now tracking of associated stations
in the group and the Group Limit bit in the Group Capabilities
is updated based on whether there is room for new clients in
the group.
2010-10-19 18:10:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93b7ddd032 P2P: Skip GO Neg Conf ack failure workaround of send failures
The workaround to ignore no ctrl::ack received for GO Negotiation
Confirmation frame was only supposed to be used when the frame was
actually transmitted and just the ack was not received. However, due
to the way the driver failure on transmitting the frame were reported,
this ended up getting applied for all failures in sending the GO
Negotiation Confirmation frame.

Improve this by providing a mechanism to indicate whether send_action
operations fail locally before the frame was actually transmitted or
because of not receiving ack frame after having transmitted the frame.
2010-10-19 12:47:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b67a67144 WPS UPnP: Add more debug for event subscription 2010-10-19 12:43:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99ba7f889b WPS: Do not drop subscriptions based on max queue length
UPnP event subscriptions are not supposed to be dropped based on
whether events can be delivered quickly enough. Leave dropping to
happen only based on failed deliveries to avoid issues with a burst
of events kicking out still active subscribers.
2010-10-17 21:36:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f30e698c08 WPS UPnP: Add more priority for queuing EAP events 2010-10-17 21:30:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
08a98b6544 WPS UPnP: Throttle WLANEvent notifications to 5 per second
Do not send more than five Probe Request WLANEvent notifications
per second. Even though the limit should in theory apply to all
WLANEvents, it is better not to drop EAP notifications because
of Probe Request frames and really, the only real reason for
event bursts is Probe Request frames.
2010-10-17 21:24:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3904567d0b WPS: Limit Probe Request event queuing if subscriber may have left
Instead of queuing all events for a subscriber, only queue more
important events if delivery of event notifications starts failing.
This allows more time for the subscriber to recover since the maximum
queue length if not reached because of Probe Request frames only.
2010-10-17 20:58:58 +03:00